texlive[42416] Master: apxproof (1nov16)
commits+karl at tug.org
commits+karl at tug.org
Tue Nov 1 21:14:25 CET 2016
Revision: 42416
http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=42416
Author: karl
Date: 2016-11-01 21:14:25 +0100 (Tue, 01 Nov 2016)
Log Message:
-----------
apxproof (1nov16)
Modified Paths:
--------------
trunk/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check
trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-mathscience.tlpsrc
Added Paths:
-----------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/LICENSE
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/Makefile
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/README.md
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/apxproof.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/apxproof.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/Makefile
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/article/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/article/test.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/common.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/common.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/inline/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/inline/lipics.cls
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/inline/test.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/lipics/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/lipics/lipics.cls
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/lipics/test.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/llncs/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/llncs/llncs.cls
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/llncs/test.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/scrartcl/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/scrartcl/test.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/sig-alternate/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/sig-alternate/sig-alternate.cls
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/sig-alternate/test.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/strip/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/strip/lipics.cls
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/strip/test.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/apxproof/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/apxproof/apxproof.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/apxproof/apxproof.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/apxproof/
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/apxproof/apxproof.sty
trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/apxproof.tlpsrc
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/LICENSE
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/LICENSE (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/LICENSE 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -0,0 +1,415 @@
+The LaTeX Project Public License
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
+
+LPPL Version 1.3c 2008-05-04
+
+Copyright 1999 2002-2008 LaTeX3 Project
+ Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this
+ license document, but modification of it is not allowed.
+
+
+PREAMBLE
+========
+
+The LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) is the primary license under
+which the LaTeX kernel and the base LaTeX packages are distributed.
+
+You may use this license for any work of which you hold the copyright
+and which you wish to distribute. This license may be particularly
+suitable if your work is TeX-related (such as a LaTeX package), but
+it is written in such a way that you can use it even if your work is
+unrelated to TeX.
+
+The section `WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE',
+below, gives instructions, examples, and recommendations for authors
+who are considering distributing their works under this license.
+
+This license gives conditions under which a work may be distributed
+and modified, as well as conditions under which modified versions of
+that work may be distributed.
+
+We, the LaTeX3 Project, believe that the conditions below give you
+the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of your work
+that conform with whatever technical specifications you wish while
+maintaining the availability, integrity, and reliability of
+that work. If you do not see how to achieve your goal while
+meeting these conditions, then read the document `cfgguide.tex'
+and `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions.
+
+
+DEFINITIONS
+===========
+
+In this license document the following terms are used:
+
+ `Work'
+ Any work being distributed under this License.
+
+ `Derived Work'
+ Any work that under any applicable law is derived from the Work.
+
+ `Modification'
+ Any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any applicable
+ law -- for example, the production of a file containing an
+ original file associated with the Work or a significant portion of
+ such a file, either verbatim or with modifications and/or
+ translated into another language.
+
+ `Modify'
+ To apply any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any
+ applicable law.
+
+ `Distribution'
+ Making copies of the Work available from one person to another, in
+ whole or in part. Distribution includes (but is not limited to)
+ making any electronic components of the Work accessible by
+ file transfer protocols such as FTP or HTTP or by shared file
+ systems such as Sun's Network File System (NFS).
+
+ `Compiled Work'
+ A version of the Work that has been processed into a form where it
+ is directly usable on a computer system. This processing may
+ include using installation facilities provided by the Work,
+ transformations of the Work, copying of components of the Work, or
+ other activities. Note that modification of any installation
+ facilities provided by the Work constitutes modification of the Work.
+
+ `Current Maintainer'
+ A person or persons nominated as such within the Work. If there is
+ no such explicit nomination then it is the `Copyright Holder' under
+ any applicable law.
+
+ `Base Interpreter'
+ A program or process that is normally needed for running or
+ interpreting a part or the whole of the Work.
+
+ A Base Interpreter may depend on external components but these
+ are not considered part of the Base Interpreter provided that each
+ external component clearly identifies itself whenever it is used
+ interactively. Unless explicitly specified when applying the
+ license to the Work, the only applicable Base Interpreter is a
+ `LaTeX-Format' or in the case of files belonging to the
+ `LaTeX-format' a program implementing the `TeX language'.
+
+
+
+CONDITIONS ON DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+===========================================
+
+1. Activities other than distribution and/or modification of the Work
+are not covered by this license; they are outside its scope. In
+particular, the act of running the Work is not restricted and no
+requirements are made concerning any offers of support for the Work.
+
+2. You may distribute a complete, unmodified copy of the Work as you
+received it. Distribution of only part of the Work is considered
+modification of the Work, and no right to distribute such a Derived
+Work may be assumed under the terms of this clause.
+
+3. You may distribute a Compiled Work that has been generated from a
+complete, unmodified copy of the Work as distributed under Clause 2
+above, as long as that Compiled Work is distributed in such a way that
+the recipients may install the Compiled Work on their system exactly
+as it would have been installed if they generated a Compiled Work
+directly from the Work.
+
+4. If you are the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may, without
+restriction, modify the Work, thus creating a Derived Work. You may
+also distribute the Derived Work without restriction, including
+Compiled Works generated from the Derived Work. Derived Works
+distributed in this manner by the Current Maintainer are considered to
+be updated versions of the Work.
+
+5. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may modify
+your copy of the Work, thus creating a Derived Work based on the Work,
+and compile this Derived Work, thus creating a Compiled Work based on
+the Derived Work.
+
+6. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may
+distribute a Derived Work provided the following conditions are met
+for every component of the Work unless that component clearly states
+in the copyright notice that it is exempt from that condition. Only
+the Current Maintainer is allowed to add such statements of exemption
+to a component of the Work.
+
+ a. If a component of this Derived Work can be a direct replacement
+ for a component of the Work when that component is used with the
+ Base Interpreter, then, wherever this component of the Work
+ identifies itself to the user when used interactively with that
+ Base Interpreter, the replacement component of this Derived Work
+ clearly and unambiguously identifies itself as a modified version
+ of this component to the user when used interactively with that
+ Base Interpreter.
+
+ b. Every component of the Derived Work contains prominent notices
+ detailing the nature of the changes to that component, or a
+ prominent reference to another file that is distributed as part
+ of the Derived Work and that contains a complete and accurate log
+ of the changes.
+
+ c. No information in the Derived Work implies that any persons,
+ including (but not limited to) the authors of the original version
+ of the Work, provide any support, including (but not limited to)
+ the reporting and handling of errors, to recipients of the
+ Derived Work unless those persons have stated explicitly that
+ they do provide such support for the Derived Work.
+
+ d. You distribute at least one of the following with the Derived Work:
+
+ 1. A complete, unmodified copy of the Work;
+ if your distribution of a modified component is made by
+ offering access to copy the modified component from a
+ designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy
+ the Work from the same or some similar place meets this
+ condition, even though third parties are not compelled to
+ copy the Work along with the modified component;
+
+ 2. Information that is sufficient to obtain a complete,
+ unmodified copy of the Work.
+
+7. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may
+distribute a Compiled Work generated from a Derived Work, as long as
+the Derived Work is distributed to all recipients of the Compiled
+Work, and as long as the conditions of Clause 6, above, are met with
+regard to the Derived Work.
+
+8. The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and hence do not
+apply to, the modification, by any method, of any component so that it
+becomes identical to an updated version of that component of the Work as
+it is distributed by the Current Maintainer under Clause 4, above.
+
+9. Distribution of the Work or any Derived Work in an alternative
+format, where the Work or that Derived Work (in whole or in part) is
+then produced by applying some process to that format, does not relax or
+nullify any sections of this license as they pertain to the results of
+applying that process.
+
+10. a. A Derived Work may be distributed under a different license
+ provided that license itself honors the conditions listed in
+ Clause 6 above, in regard to the Work, though it does not have
+ to honor the rest of the conditions in this license.
+
+ b. If a Derived Work is distributed under a different license, that
+ Derived Work must provide sufficient documentation as part of
+ itself to allow each recipient of that Derived Work to honor the
+ restrictions in Clause 6 above, concerning changes from the Work.
+
+11. This license places no restrictions on works that are unrelated to
+the Work, nor does this license place any restrictions on aggregating
+such works with the Work by any means.
+
+12. Nothing in this license is intended to, or may be used to, prevent
+complete compliance by all parties with all applicable laws.
+
+
+NO WARRANTY
+===========
+
+There is no warranty for the Work. Except when otherwise stated in
+writing, the Copyright Holder provides the Work `as is', without
+warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not
+limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a
+particular purpose. The entire risk as to the quality and performance
+of the Work is with you. Should the Work prove defective, you assume
+the cost of all necessary servicing, repair, or correction.
+
+In no event unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing
+will The Copyright Holder, or any author named in the components of the
+Work, or any other party who may distribute and/or modify the Work as
+permitted above, be liable to you for damages, including any general,
+special, incidental or consequential damages arising out of any use of
+the Work or out of inability to use the Work (including, but not limited
+to, loss of data, data being rendered inaccurate, or losses sustained by
+anyone as a result of any failure of the Work to operate with any other
+programs), even if the Copyright Holder or said author or said other
+party has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+
+MAINTENANCE OF THE WORK
+=======================
+
+The Work has the status `author-maintained' if the Copyright Holder
+explicitly and prominently states near the primary copyright notice in
+the Work that the Work can only be maintained by the Copyright Holder
+or simply that it is `author-maintained'.
+
+The Work has the status `maintained' if there is a Current Maintainer
+who has indicated in the Work that they are willing to receive error
+reports for the Work (for example, by supplying a valid e-mail
+address). It is not required for the Current Maintainer to acknowledge
+or act upon these error reports.
+
+The Work changes from status `maintained' to `unmaintained' if there
+is no Current Maintainer, or the person stated to be Current
+Maintainer of the work cannot be reached through the indicated means
+of communication for a period of six months, and there are no other
+significant signs of active maintenance.
+
+You can become the Current Maintainer of the Work by agreement with
+any existing Current Maintainer to take over this role.
+
+If the Work is unmaintained, you can become the Current Maintainer of
+the Work through the following steps:
+
+ 1. Make a reasonable attempt to trace the Current Maintainer (and
+ the Copyright Holder, if the two differ) through the means of
+ an Internet or similar search.
+
+ 2. If this search is successful, then enquire whether the Work
+ is still maintained.
+
+ a. If it is being maintained, then ask the Current Maintainer
+ to update their communication data within one month.
+
+ b. If the search is unsuccessful or no action to resume active
+ maintenance is taken by the Current Maintainer, then announce
+ within the pertinent community your intention to take over
+ maintenance. (If the Work is a LaTeX work, this could be
+ done, for example, by posting to comp.text.tex.)
+
+ 3a. If the Current Maintainer is reachable and agrees to pass
+ maintenance of the Work to you, then this takes effect
+ immediately upon announcement.
+
+ b. If the Current Maintainer is not reachable and the Copyright
+ Holder agrees that maintenance of the Work be passed to you,
+ then this takes effect immediately upon announcement.
+
+ 4. If you make an `intention announcement' as described in 2b. above
+ and after three months your intention is challenged neither by
+ the Current Maintainer nor by the Copyright Holder nor by other
+ people, then you may arrange for the Work to be changed so as
+ to name you as the (new) Current Maintainer.
+
+ 5. If the previously unreachable Current Maintainer becomes
+ reachable once more within three months of a change completed
+ under the terms of 3b) or 4), then that Current Maintainer must
+ become or remain the Current Maintainer upon request provided
+ they then update their communication data within one month.
+
+A change in the Current Maintainer does not, of itself, alter the fact
+that the Work is distributed under the LPPL license.
+
+If you become the Current Maintainer of the Work, you should
+immediately provide, within the Work, a prominent and unambiguous
+statement of your status as Current Maintainer. You should also
+announce your new status to the same pertinent community as
+in 2b) above.
+
+
+WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE
+======================================================
+
+This section contains important instructions, examples, and
+recommendations for authors who are considering distributing their
+works under this license. These authors are addressed as `you' in
+this section.
+
+Choosing This License or Another License
+----------------------------------------
+
+If for any part of your work you want or need to use *distribution*
+conditions that differ significantly from those in this license, then
+do not refer to this license anywhere in your work but, instead,
+distribute your work under a different license. You may use the text
+of this license as a model for your own license, but your license
+should not refer to the LPPL or otherwise give the impression that
+your work is distributed under the LPPL.
+
+The document `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution explains
+the motivation behind the conditions of this license. It explains,
+for example, why distributing LaTeX under the GNU General Public
+License (GPL) was considered inappropriate. Even if your work is
+unrelated to LaTeX, the discussion in `modguide.tex' may still be
+relevant, and authors intending to distribute their works under any
+license are encouraged to read it.
+
+A Recommendation on Modification Without Distribution
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+It is wise never to modify a component of the Work, even for your own
+personal use, without also meeting the above conditions for
+distributing the modified component. While you might intend that such
+modifications will never be distributed, often this will happen by
+accident -- you may forget that you have modified that component; or
+it may not occur to you when allowing others to access the modified
+version that you are thus distributing it and violating the conditions
+of this license in ways that could have legal implications and, worse,
+cause problems for the community. It is therefore usually in your
+best interest to keep your copy of the Work identical with the public
+one. Many works provide ways to control the behavior of that work
+without altering any of its licensed components.
+
+How to Use This License
+-----------------------
+
+To use this license, place in each of the components of your work both
+an explicit copyright notice including your name and the year the work
+was authored and/or last substantially modified. Include also a
+statement that the distribution and/or modification of that
+component is constrained by the conditions in this license.
+
+Here is an example of such a notice and statement:
+
+ %% pig.dtx
+ %% Copyright 2005 M. Y. Name
+ %
+ % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+ % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+ % of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+ % The latest version of this license is in
+ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+ % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+ % version 2005/12/01 or later.
+ %
+ % This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+ %
+ % The Current Maintainer of this work is M. Y. Name.
+ %
+ % This work consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins
+ % and the derived file pig.sty.
+
+Given such a notice and statement in a file, the conditions
+given in this license document would apply, with the `Work' referring
+to the three files `pig.dtx', `pig.ins', and `pig.sty' (the last being
+generated from `pig.dtx' using `pig.ins'), the `Base Interpreter'
+referring to any `LaTeX-Format', and both `Copyright Holder' and
+`Current Maintainer' referring to the person `M. Y. Name'.
+
+If you do not want the Maintenance section of LPPL to apply to your
+Work, change `maintained' above into `author-maintained'.
+However, we recommend that you use `maintained', as the Maintenance
+section was added in order to ensure that your Work remains useful to
+the community even when you can no longer maintain and support it
+yourself.
+
+Derived Works That Are Not Replacements
+---------------------------------------
+
+Several clauses of the LPPL specify means to provide reliability and
+stability for the user community. They therefore concern themselves
+with the case that a Derived Work is intended to be used as a
+(compatible or incompatible) replacement of the original Work. If
+this is not the case (e.g., if a few lines of code are reused for a
+completely different task), then clauses 6b and 6d shall not apply.
+
+
+Important Recommendations
+-------------------------
+
+ Defining What Constitutes the Work
+
+ The LPPL requires that distributions of the Work contain all the
+ files of the Work. It is therefore important that you provide a
+ way for the licensee to determine which files constitute the Work.
+ This could, for example, be achieved by explicitly listing all the
+ files of the Work near the copyright notice of each file or by
+ using a line such as:
+
+ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
+
+ in that place. In the absence of an unequivocal list it might be
+ impossible for the licensee to determine what is considered by you
+ to comprise the Work and, in such a case, the licensee would be
+ entitled to make reasonable conjectures as to which files comprise
+ the Work.
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/Makefile
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/Makefile (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/Makefile 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+all: apxproof.pdf apxproof.sty
+
+clean:
+ -rm -f *.aux *.log *.gl? *.idx *.ilg *.fls *.ind *.axp *.bbl *.blg *.hd *.out
+
+%.pdf: %.dtx %.sty
+ pdflatex $<
+ makeindex -s gind.ist $(patsubst %.pdf,%.idx,$@)
+ makeindex -s gglo.ist -o $(patsubst %.pdf,%.gls,$@) $(patsubst %.pdf,%.glo,$@)
+ bibtex $(patsubst %.pdf,%,$@)
+ bibtex bu1
+ pdflatex $<
+ pdflatex $<
+
+%.sty: %.ins %.dtx
+ -rm $@
+ latex $<
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/Makefile
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/README.md
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/README.md (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/README.md 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+# `apxproof`: Proofs in Appendix
+
+## About
+
+The `apxproof` package facilitates the writing of scientific article
+with proofs deferred to the appendix. The documentation of this package
+is provided in the [apxproof.pdf](apxproof.pdf) file.
+
+## Prerequisites
+
+In addition to a working installation of LaTeX2e, `apxproof` relies on a
+few other packages, which should be provided by all reasonable LaTeX
+distributions:
+ - `amsthm`
+ - `bibunits`
+ - `environ`
+ - `etoolbox`
+ - `fancyvrb`
+ - `ifthen`
+ - `kvoptions`
+
+## Manual installation
+
+Simply copy the file [apxproof.sty](apxproof.sty) in your LaTeX working directory, or
+in any other directory where LaTeX searches for packages.
+
+## License
+
+Copyright (C) 2016 by Pierre Senellart.
+
+This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
+LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license or (at
+your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in
+http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt and version 1.3 or later is part of
+all distributions of LaTeX version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
+## Contact
+
+https://github.com/PierreSenellart/apxproof
+
+Pierre Senellart <pierre at senellart.com>
+
+Bug reports and feature requests should
+preferably be submitted through the *Issues* feature of GitHub.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/README.md
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/apxproof.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/apxproof.bib (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/apxproof.bib 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+ at book{ lamport86 ,
+ author = "Leslie Lamport" ,
+ title = "\LaTeX: A Document Preparation System" ,
+ publisher = "Addison--Wesley Pub.\ Co." ,
+ year = "1986" ,
+ address = "Reading, MA"
+}
+
+ at misc{ proofsAreHard ,
+ author = "Unknown" ,
+ title = "Proofs are Hard" ,
+ year = "2016" ,
+}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/apxproof.bib
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/apxproof.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/apxproof.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/apxproof.pdf 2016-11-01 20:13:19 UTC (rev 42415)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/apxproof.pdf 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/apxproof.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/Makefile
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/Makefile (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/Makefile 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+TARGET = $(foreach dir, $(wildcard */), $(dir)/test.pdf)
+
+all: $(TARGET)
+
+clean:
+ rm */*.aux */*.blg */*.bbl */*.axp */*.fls */*.fdb* */*.log */*.out
+
+%.pdf: %.tex ../apxproof.sty common.tex common.bib
+ cd $(dir $@) && \
+ latexmk -c && \
+ latexmk test ; \
+ cd ..
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/Makefile
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/article/test.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/article/test.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/article/test.tex 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+\documentclass{article}
+\usepackage{../../apxproof}
+\input{../common}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/article/test.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/common.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/common.bib (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/common.bib 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+ at Article{ brin1998anatomy,
+ author = "Sergey Brin and Lawrence Page",
+ title = "The anatomy of a large-scale hypertextual {Web} search
+ engine",
+ journal = "Computer Networks",
+ volume = "30",
+ number = "1--7",
+ pages = "107--117",
+ year = "1998",
+ month = apr
+}
+
+ at Misc{ sitemaps,
+ author = {{sitemaps.org}},
+ howpublished = {\url{http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.php}},
+ year = 2008,
+ month = feb,
+ title = {Sitemaps {XML} format}
+}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/common.bib
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/common.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/common.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/common.tex 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+
+\newtheoremrep{theorem}{Theorem}
+\newtheoremrep{lemma}{Lemma}
+
+\renewcommand{\appendixsectionformat}[2]{Material for #2 (Section~#1)}
+
+\begin{document}
+Hello world!
+
+\begin{theoremrep}
+ \label{th:toto}
+ This is a great result.
+\end{theoremrep}
+
+\begin{proofsketch}
+ This is the proof sketch of Theorem~\ref{th:toto}.
+\end{proofsketch}
+
+\begin{proof}
+ This is the proof of Theorem~\ref{th:toto}.
+\end{proof}
+
+\section{Section without Theorems}
+
+Since this section does not have any appendix content, it will not appear in the
+appendix. \cite{brin1998anatomy}
+
+\section{Section with Some Appendix Content}
+
+Not much in the main text.
+
+\begin{toappendix}
+ Hello appendix!
+\end{toappendix}
+
+\section{Section with Theorems}
+
+\begin{theoremrep}
+ \label{th:titi}
+ Another great result.
+\end{theoremrep}
+
+\begin{proofsketch}
+ Proof sketch of Theorem~\ref{th:titi}.
+\end{proofsketch}
+
+\begin{proof}
+ Proof of Theorem~\ref{th:titi}.
+
+ For some reason, this proof has an inline Lemma:
+ \begin{lemma}
+ This is the lemma.
+ \end{lemma}
+
+ \begin{nestedproof}
+ And this lemma has a proof as well!
+ \end{nestedproof}
+
+ This concludes the global proof of Theorem~\ref{th:titi}.
+\end{proof}
+
+\begin{theoremrep}
+ \label{th:tutu}
+ Another great result, without any proof sketch.
+\end{theoremrep}
+
+\begin{proof}
+ Proof of Theorem~\ref{th:tutu}. It has two
+ references~\cite{sitemaps,brin1998anatomy}.
+\end{proof}
+
+\begin{theorem}
+ A regular theorem, not repeated.
+\end{theorem}
+
+\begin{proof}
+This regular theorem is naturally followed with an inline proof.
+\end{proof}
+
+\begin{theoremrep}
+ \label{th:weird}
+ A repeated theorem, but with two proofs, one in Appendix and one in
+ main text.
+\end{theoremrep}
+
+\begin{inlineproof}
+ Main text proof of Theorem~\ref{th:weird}.
+\end{inlineproof}
+
+\begin{proof}
+ Appendix proof of Theorem~\ref{th:weird}.
+\end{proof}
+
+\begin{toappendix}
+And now for no particular reason, two isolated proofs in the appendix,
+ written in two different ways:
+
+ \begin{proof}[Proof of a non-existing result]
+ First with a regular \texttt{proof} environment inside a
+ \texttt{toappendix} environment.
+ \end{proof}
+\end{toappendix}
+
+\begin{appendixproof}
+ Second, with the specific \texttt{appendixproof} environment (but then,
+ cannot change the proof name).
+\end{appendixproof}
+
+\section{Last Section}
+
+\begin{theoremrep}
+ Another theorem.
+\end{theoremrep}
+
+\begin{toappendix}
+ This theorem does not have a proof, but a discussion in the appendix.
+ \textsf{apxproof} can figure, because of the \verb|theorem| environment
+ that follows, that the proof of the following theorem is not a proof of
+ this theorem.
+\end{toappendix}
+
+\begin{theorem}
+ Last theorem, not repeated.
+\end{theorem}
+
+\begin{proof}
+ Proof, inlined.
+\end{proof}
+
+\bibliographystyle{plain}
+\bibliography{../common}
+
+\end{document}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/common.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/inline/lipics.cls
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/inline/lipics.cls (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/inline/lipics.cls 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -0,0 +1,646 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `lipics.cls',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% lipics.dtx (with options: `class')
+%%
+%% -----------------------------------------------------------------
+%% Author: le-tex publishing services
+%%
+%% This file is part of the lipics package for preparing
+%% LIPICS articles.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2010 Schloss Dagstuhl
+%% -----------------------------------------------------------------
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2005/12/01]
+\ProvidesClass{lipics}
+ [2010/09/27 v1.1 LIPIcs articles]
+\emergencystretch1em
+\advance\hoffset-1in
+\advance\voffset-1in
+\advance\hoffset2.95mm
+\newif\if at nobotseplist \@nobotseplistfalse
+\def\@endparenv{%
+ \addpenalty\@endparpenalty\if at nobotseplist\else\addvspace\@topsepadd\fi\@endpetrue}
+\def\@doendpe{%
+ \@endpetrue
+ \def\par{\@restorepar
+ \everypar{}%
+ \par
+ \if at nobotseplist
+ \addvspace\topsep
+ \addvspace\partopsep
+ \global\@nobotseplistfalse
+ \fi
+ \@endpefalse}%
+ \everypar{{\setbox\z@\lastbox}%
+ \everypar{}%
+ \if at nobotseplist\global\@nobotseplistfalse\fi
+ \@endpefalse}}
+\def\enumerate{%
+ \ifnum \@enumdepth >\thr@@\@toodeep\else
+ \advance\@enumdepth\@ne
+ \edef\@enumctr{enum\romannumeral\the\@enumdepth}%
+ \expandafter
+ \list
+ \csname label\@enumctr\endcsname
+ {\advance\partopsep\topsep
+ \topsep\z@\@plus\p@
+ \ifnum\@listdepth=\@ne
+ \labelsep0.72em
+ \else
+ \ifnum\@listdepth=\tw@
+ \labelsep0.3em
+ \else
+ \labelsep0.5em
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \usecounter\@enumctr\def\makelabel##1{\hss\llap{##1}}}%
+ \fi}
+\def\endenumerate{\ifnum\@listdepth=\@ne\global\@nobotseplisttrue\fi\endlist}
+\def\itemize{%
+ \ifnum \@itemdepth >\thr@@\@toodeep\else
+ \advance\@itemdepth\@ne
+ \edef\@itemitem{labelitem\romannumeral\the\@itemdepth}%
+ \expandafter
+ \list
+ \csname\@itemitem\endcsname
+ {\advance\partopsep\topsep
+ \topsep\z@\@plus\p@
+ \ifnum\@listdepth=\@ne
+ \labelsep0.83em
+ \else
+ \ifnum\@listdepth=\tw@
+ \labelsep0.75em
+ \else
+ \labelsep0.5em
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \def\makelabel##1{\hss\llap{##1}}}%
+ \fi}
+\def\enditemize{\ifnum\@listdepth=\@ne\global\@nobotseplisttrue\fi\endlist}
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{%
+ \ifnum #2>\c at secnumdepth
+ \let\@svsec\@empty
+ \else
+ \refstepcounter{#1}%
+ \protected at edef\@svsec{\@seccntformat{#1}\relax}%
+ \fi
+ \@tempskipa #5\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup
+ #6{%
+ \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax
+ \ifnum #2=1
+ \colorbox[rgb]{0.99,0.78,0.07}{\kern0.15em\@svsec\kern0.15em}\quad
+ \else
+ \@svsec\quad
+ \fi}%
+ \interlinepenalty \@M #8\@@par}%
+ \endgroup
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{%
+ \ifnum #2>\c at secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+ \fi
+ #7}%
+ \else
+ \def\@svsechd{%
+ #6{\hskip #3\relax
+ \@svsec #8}%
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{%
+ \ifnum #2>\c at secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+ \fi
+ #7}}%
+ \fi
+ \@xsect{#5}}
+\def\@seccntformat#1{\csname the#1\endcsname}
+\def\@biblabel#1{\textcolor{darkgray}{\sffamily\bfseries#1}}
+\def\copyrightline{%
+ \ifx\@serieslogo\@empty
+ \else
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\includegraphics[height=42\p@]{\@serieslogo}}%
+ \rlap{\hspace\textwidth\hspace{-\wd\@tempboxa}\hspace{\z@}%
+ \vtop to\z@{\vskip-0mm\unhbox\@tempboxa\vss}}%
+ \fi
+ \scriptsize
+ \vtop{\hsize\textwidth
+ \nobreakspace\\
+ \@Copyright
+ \ifx\@Event\@empty\else\@Event.\\\fi
+ \ifx\@Editors\@empty\else
+ \@Eds: \@Editors
+ ; pp. \thepage--\pageref{LastPage}%
+ \\
+ \fi
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\includegraphics[height=14\p@,trim=0 15 0 0]{lipics-logo-bw}}%
+ \hspace*{\wd\@tempboxa}\enskip
+ \href{http://www.dagstuhl.de/lipics/}%
+ {Leibniz International Proceedings in Informatics}\\
+ \smash{\unhbox\@tempboxa}\enskip
+ \href{http://www.dagstuhl.de}%
+ {Schloss Dagstuhl -- Leibniz-Zentrum f{\"u}r Informatik, Dagstuhl Publishing, Germany}}}
+\def\ps at plain{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \let\@oddhead\@empty
+ \let\@evenhead\@empty
+ \let\@evenfoot\copyrightline
+ \let\@oddfoot\copyrightline}
+\def\lipics at opterrshort{Option "\CurrentOption" not supported}
+\def\lipics at opterrlong{The option "\CurrentOption" from article.cls is not supported by lipics.cls.}
+\DeclareOption{a5paper}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{b5paper}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{legalpaper}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{executivepaper}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{landscape}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{10pt}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{11pt}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{12pt}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{oneside}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{twoside}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{titlepage}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{notitlepage}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{onecolumn}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{twocolumn}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{fleqn}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{openbib}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{a4paper}{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}
+ \advance\hoffset-2.95mm
+ \advance\voffset8.8mm}
+\DeclareOption{numberwithinsect}{\let\numberwithinsect\relax}
+\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
+\ProcessOptions
+\LoadClass[twoside,notitlepage,fleqn]{article}
+\renewcommand\normalsize{%
+ \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xpt{13}%
+ \abovedisplayskip 10\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus5\p@
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus3\p@
+ \belowdisplayshortskip 6\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus3\p@
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \let\@listi\@listI}
+\normalsize
+\renewcommand\small{%
+ \@setfontsize\small\@ixpt{11.5}%
+ \abovedisplayskip 8.5\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus4\p@
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus2\p@
+ \belowdisplayshortskip 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus2\p@
+ \def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \topsep 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus2\p@
+ \parsep 2\p@ \@plus\p@ \@minus\p@
+ \itemsep \parsep}%
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+}
+\renewcommand\footnotesize{%
+ \@setfontsize\footnotesize{8.5}{9.5}%
+ \abovedisplayskip 6\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus4\p@
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus\p@
+ \belowdisplayshortskip 3\p@ \@plus\p@ \@minus2\p@
+ \def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \topsep 3\p@ \@plus\p@ \@minus\p@
+ \parsep 2\p@ \@plus\p@ \@minus\p@
+ \itemsep \parsep}%
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+}
+\renewcommand\large{\@setfontsize\large{10.5}{13}}
+\renewcommand\Large{\@setfontsize\Large{12}{14}}
+\setlength\parindent{1.5em}
+\setlength\headheight{3mm}
+\setlength\headsep {10mm}
+\setlength\footskip{3mm}
+\setlength\textwidth{140mm}
+\setlength\textheight{222mm}
+\setlength\oddsidemargin{32mm}
+\setlength\evensidemargin{38mm}
+\setlength\marginparwidth{25mm}
+\setlength\topmargin{13mm}
+\setlength{\skip\footins}{2\baselineskip \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 2\p@}
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \parsep\z@ \@plus\p@
+ \topsep 8\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus4\p@
+ \itemsep \parsep}
+\let\@listI\@listi
+\@listi
+\def\@listii {\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii
+ \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus\p@
+ \parsep\z@ \@plus\p@
+ \itemsep \parsep}
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii
+ \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 2\p@ \@plus\p@\@minus\p@
+ \parsep \z@
+ \partopsep \p@ \@plus\z@ \@minus\p@
+ \itemsep \z@ \@plus\p@}
+\def\ps at headings{%
+ \def\@evenhead{\large\sffamily\bfseries
+ \llap{\hbox to0.5\oddsidemargin{\thepage\hss}}\leftmark\hfil}%
+ \def\@oddhead{\large\sffamily\bfseries\rightmark\hfil
+ \rlap{\hbox to0.5\oddsidemargin{\hss\thepage}}}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{\hfil
+ \rlap{%
+ \vtop{%
+ \vskip10mm
+ \colorbox[rgb]{0.99,0.78,0.07}
+ {\@tempdima\evensidemargin
+ \advance\@tempdima1in
+ \advance\@tempdima\hoffset
+ \hb at xt@\@tempdima{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\normalsize\sffamily
+ \bfseries\quad
+ \expandafter\textsolittle
+ \expandafter{\@EventShortName}}%
+ \strut\hss}}}}}
+ \let\@evenfoot\@empty
+ \let\@mkboth\markboth
+ \let\sectionmark\@gobble
+ \let\subsectionmark\@gobble}
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\renewcommand\maketitle{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \renewcommand\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c at footnote}%
+ \if at twocolumn
+ \ifnum \col at number=\@ne
+ \@maketitle
+ \else
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \newpage
+ \global\@topnum\z@ % Prevents figures from going at top of page.
+ \@maketitle
+ \fi
+ \thispagestyle{plain}\@thanks
+ \endgroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}%
+ \global\let\thanks\relax
+ \global\let\maketitle\relax
+ \global\let\@maketitle\relax
+ \global\let\@thanks\@empty
+ \global\let\@author\@empty
+ \global\let\@date\@empty
+ \global\let\@title\@empty
+ \global\let\title\relax
+ \global\let\author\relax
+ \global\let\date\relax
+ \global\let\and\relax
+}
+\newwrite\tocfile
+\def\@maketitle{%
+ \newpage
+ \null\vskip-\baselineskip
+ \vskip-\headsep
+ \@titlerunning
+ \@authorrunning
+ \let \footnote \thanks
+ \parindent\z@ \raggedright
+ {\LARGE\sffamily\bfseries\mathversion{bold}\@title \par}%
+ \vskip 1.5em%
+ \ifnum\c at authors=0 %
+ \@latexerr{No \noexpand\author given}%
+ {Provide at least one author. See the LIPIcs class documentation.}%
+ \else
+ \@author
+ \fi
+ \bgroup
+ \let\footnote\@gobble
+ \immediate\openout\tocfile=\jobname.vtc
+ \protected at write\tocfile{}{%
+ \string\contitem
+ \string\title{\@title}%
+ \string\author{\AB at authfortoc}%
+ \string\page{\thepage}}%
+ \closeout\tocfile
+ \egroup
+ \par}
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{4}
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {2.3ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ {\sffamily\Large\bfseries\raggedright}}
+\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}%
+ {-3.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}%
+ {\sffamily\Large\bfseries\raggedright}}
+\renewcommand\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}%
+ {-3.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}%
+ {\sffamily\Large\bfseries\raggedright}}
+\renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}%
+ {-3.25ex \@plus-1ex \@minus-.2ex}%
+ {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}%
+ {\sffamily\large\bfseries\raggedright}}
+\renewcommand\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\z@}%
+ {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {-1em}%
+ {\sffamily\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\setlength\leftmargini \parindent
+\setlength\leftmarginii {1.2em}
+\setlength\leftmarginiii{1.2em}
+\setlength\leftmarginiv {1.2em}
+\setlength\leftmarginv {1.2em}
+\setlength\leftmarginvi {1.2em}
+\renewcommand\labelenumi{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\sffamily\bfseries\mathversion{bold}\theenumi.}}
+\renewcommand\labelenumii{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\sffamily\bfseries\mathversion{bold}\theenumii.}}
+\renewcommand\labelenumiii{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\sffamily\bfseries\mathversion{bold}\theenumiii.}}
+\renewcommand\labelenumiv{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\sffamily\bfseries\mathversion{bold}\theenumiv.}}
+\renewcommand\labelitemi{%
+ \textcolor[rgb]{0.6,0.6,0.61}{\ifnum\@listdepth=\@ne
+ \rule{0.67em}{0.33em}%
+ \else
+ \rule{0.45em}{0.225em}%
+ \fi}}
+\renewcommand\labelitemii{%
+ \textcolor[rgb]{0.6,0.6,0.61}{\rule{0.45em}{0.225em}}}
+\renewcommand\labelitemiii{%
+ \textcolor[rgb]{0.6,0.6,0.61}{\sffamily\bfseries\textasteriskcentered}}
+\renewcommand\labelitemiv{%
+ \textcolor[rgb]{0.6,0.6,0.61}{\sffamily\bfseries\textperiodcentered}}
+\renewenvironment{description}
+ {\list{}{\advance\partopsep\topsep\topsep\z@\@plus\p@
+ \labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin
+ \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}}
+ {\ifnum\@listdepth=\@ne\global\@nobotseplisttrue\fi\endlist}
+\renewcommand*\descriptionlabel[1]{%
+ \hspace\labelsep\textcolor{darkgray}{\sffamily\bfseries\mathversion{bold}#1}}
+\renewenvironment{abstract}{%
+ \vskip\bigskipamount
+ \noindent
+ \rlap{\color[rgb]{0.51,0.50,0.52}\vrule\@width\textwidth\@height1\p@}%
+ \hspace*{7mm}\fboxsep1.5mm\colorbox[rgb]{1,1,1}{\raisebox{-0.4ex}{%
+ \large\selectfont\sffamily\bfseries\abstractname}}%
+ \vskip3\p@
+ \fontsize{9.5}{12.5}\selectfont
+ \noindent\ignorespaces}
+ {\ifx\@subjclass\@empty\else
+ \vskip\baselineskip\noindent
+ \subjclassHeading\@subjclass
+ \fi
+ \ifx\@keywords\@empty\else
+ \vskip\baselineskip\noindent
+ \keywordsHeading\@keywords
+ \fi
+ \ifx\@DOI\@empty\else
+ \vskip\baselineskip\noindent
+ \doiHeading\doi{\@DOI}%
+ \fi}
+\renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1]
+ {\if at noskipsec \leavevmode \fi
+ \par
+ \@tempskipa-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex\relax
+ \@afterindenttrue
+ \@tempskipa -\@tempskipa \@afterindentfalse
+ \if at nobreak
+ \everypar{}%
+ \else
+ \addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace\@tempskipa
+ \fi
+ \noindent
+ \rlap{\color[rgb]{0.51,0.50,0.52}\vrule\@width\textwidth\@height1\p@}%
+ \hspace*{7mm}\fboxsep1.5mm\colorbox[rgb]{1,1,1}{\raisebox{-0.4ex}{%
+ \normalsize\sffamily\bfseries\refname}}%
+ \@xsect{1ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c at enumiv}}%
+ {\leftmargin8.5mm
+ \labelsep\leftmargin
+ \settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}%
+ \advance\labelsep-\labelwidth
+ \usecounter{enumiv}%
+ \let\p at enumiv\@empty
+ \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c at enumiv}}%
+ \fontsize{9.5}{12.5}\selectfont
+ \sloppy
+ \clubpenalty4000
+ \@clubpenalty \clubpenalty
+ \widowpenalty4000%
+ \sfcode`\.\@m}
+ {\def\@noitemerr
+ {\@latex at warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}}%
+ \endlist}
+\renewcommand\footnoterule{%
+ \kern-8\p@
+ {\color[rgb]{0.60,0.60,0.61}\hrule\@width40mm\@height1\p@}%
+ \kern6.6\p@}
+\renewcommand\@makefntext[1]{%
+ \parindent\z@\hangindent1em
+ \leavevmode
+ \hb at xt@1em{\@makefnmark\hss}#1}
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+\IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\RequirePackage{lmodern}}{}
+\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\RequirePackage{textcomp}
+\RequirePackage[mathscr]{eucal}
+\RequirePackage{amssymb}
+\RequirePackage{soul}
+\sodef\textsolittle{}{.12em}{.5em\@plus.08em\@minus.06em}%
+ {.4em\@plus.275em\@minus.183em}
+\RequirePackage{color}
+\definecolor{darkgray}{rgb}{0.31,0.31,0.33}
+\RequirePackage{babel}
+\RequirePackage[tbtags,fleqn]{amsmath}
+\RequirePackage{amsthm}
+\thm at headfont{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{$\blacktriangleright$}\nobreakspace\sffamily\bfseries}
+\def\th at remark{%
+ \thm at headfont{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{$\blacktriangleright$}\nobreakspace\sffamily}%
+ \normalfont % body font
+ \thm at preskip\topsep \divide\thm at preskip\tw@
+ \thm at postskip\thm at preskip
+}
+\def\@endtheorem{\endtrivlist}%\@endpefalse
+\renewcommand\qedsymbol{\textcolor{darkgray}{\ensuremath{\blacktriangleleft}}}
+\renewenvironment{proof}[1][\proofname]{\par
+ \pushQED{\qed}%
+ \normalfont \topsep6\p@\@plus6\p@\relax
+ \trivlist
+ \item[\hskip\labelsep
+ \color{darkgray}\sffamily\bfseries
+ #1\@addpunct{.}]\ignorespaces
+}{%
+ \popQED\endtrivlist%\@endpefalse
+}
+\theoremstyle{plain}
+\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}
+\newtheorem{lemma}[theorem]{Lemma}
+\newtheorem{corollary}[theorem]{Corollary}
+\theoremstyle{definition}
+\newtheorem{definition}[theorem]{Definition}
+\newtheorem{example}[theorem]{Example}
+\theoremstyle{remark}
+\newtheorem*{remark}{Remark}
+\ifx\numberwithinsect\relax
+ \@addtoreset{theorem}{section}
+ \edef\thetheorem{\expandafter\noexpand\thesection\@thmcountersep\@thmcounter{theorem}}
+\fi
+\RequirePackage{graphicx}
+\RequirePackage{array}
+\let\@classzold\@classz
+\def\@classz{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\d at llarbegin\begingroup
+ \toks \count@ =
+ \expandafter{\expandafter\small\the\toks\count@}%
+ \fi
+ \@classzold}
+\RequirePackage{multirow}
+\RequirePackage{tabularx}
+\RequirePackage[online]{threeparttable}
+\def\TPTtagStyle#1{#1)}
+\def\tablenotes{\small\TPT at defaults
+ \@ifnextchar[\TPT at setuptnotes\TPTdoTablenotes} % ]
+\RequirePackage{listings}
+\lstset{basicstyle=\small\ttfamily,%
+ backgroundcolor=\color[rgb]{0.85,0.85,0.86},%
+ frame=single,framerule=0pt,xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep}
+\RequirePackage{lastpage}
+\IfFileExists{doi.sty}
+ {\RequirePackage{doi}%
+ \renewcommand*{\doitext}{}}
+ {\RequirePackage{hyperref}%
+ \def\doi##1{##1}}
+\hypersetup{pdfborder={0 0 0}}
+\RequirePackage[labelsep=space,singlelinecheck=false,%
+ font={up,small},labelfont={sf,bf},%
+ listof=false]{caption}%"listof" instead of "list" for backward compatibility
+\@ifpackagelater{hyperref}{2009/12/09}
+ {\captionsetup{compatibility=false}}%cf. http://groups.google.de/group/comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/db9310eb540fbbd8/42e30f3b7b3aa17a?lnk=raot
+ {}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{boxed}{%
+ \kern0.05em{\color[rgb]{0.99,0.78,0.07}\rule{0.73em}{0.73em}}%
+ \hspace*{0.67em}\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2}
+\captionsetup{labelformat=boxed}
+\captionsetup[table]{position=top}
+\RequirePackage[figuresright]{rotating}
+\RequirePackage{subfig}
+\def\titlerunning#1{\gdef\@titlerunning{{\let\footnote\@gobble\markboth{#1}{#1}}}}
+\def\authorrunning#1{%
+ \gdef\@authorrunning{\expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{#1}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\markright{#1}\fi}}
+\titlerunning{\@title}
+\authorrunning{\AB at authrunning}
+\newcommand*\volumeinfo[6]{%
+ {\gdef\@Editors{#1}%
+ \gdef\@Eds{Editor}\ifnum #2>1 \gdef\@Eds{Editors}\fi
+ \gdef\@Event{#3}%
+ \setcounter{page}{#6}}}
+\volumeinfo{}{1}{}{}{}{1}
+\RequirePackage{authblk}
+\renewcommand*\Authand{{ and }}
+\renewcommand*\Authfont{\Large\bfseries\mathversion{bold}}
+\renewcommand*\AB at authnote[1]{\textsuperscript{#1}}
+\renewcommand*\AB at affilnote[1]{\protect\item[#1]}
+\renewcommand*\Affilfont{\fontsize{9.5}{12}\selectfont}
+\setlength\affilsep{\baselineskip}
+\newcommand\AB at authrunning{}
+\newcommand\AB at authfortoc{}
+\renewcommand\author[2][]%
+ {\ifnewaffil\addtocounter{affil}{1}%
+ \edef\AB at thenote{\arabic{affil}}\fi
+ \if\relax#1\relax\def\AB at note{\AB at thenote}\else\def\AB at note{#1}%
+ \setcounter{Maxaffil}{0}\fi
+ \ifnum\value{authors}>1\relax
+ \@namedef{@sep\number\c at authors}{\Authsep}\fi
+ \addtocounter{authors}{1}%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\protect\@unexpandable at protect \let\and\AB at pand
+ \def\thanks{\protect\thanks}\def\footnote{\protect\footnote}%
+ \@temptokena=\expandafter{\AB at authors}%
+ {\def\\{\protect\\[\@affilsep]\protect\Affilfont
+ \protect\AB at resetsep}%
+ \xdef\AB at author{\AB at blk@and#2}%
+ \ifnewaffil\gdef\AB at las{}\gdef\AB at lasx{\protect\Authand}\gdef\AB at as{}%
+ \xdef\AB at authors{\the\@temptokena\AB at blk@and}%
+ \else
+ \xdef\AB at authors{\the\@temptokena\AB at as\AB at au@str}%
+ \global\let\AB at las\AB at lasx\gdef\AB at lasx{\protect\Authands}%
+ \gdef\AB at as{\Authsep}%
+ \fi
+ \gdef\AB at au@str{#2}}%
+ \@temptokena=\expandafter{\AB at authlist}%
+ \let\\=\authorcr
+ \xdef\AB at authlist{\the\@temptokena
+ \protect\@nameuse{@sep\number\c at authors}%
+ \protect\Authfont#2\AB at authnote{\AB at note}}%
+ %new
+ \@temptokena=\expandafter{\AB at authrunning}%
+ \let\\=\authorcr
+ \xdef\AB at authrunning{\the\@temptokena
+ \protect\@nameuse{@sep\number\c at authors}#2}%
+ %
+ %new
+ \@temptokena=\expandafter{\AB at authfortoc}%
+ \let\\=\authorcr
+ \xdef\AB at authfortoc{\the\@temptokena
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname @sep\number\c at authors\endcsname#2}%
+ %
+ \endgroup
+ \ifnum\value{authors}>2\relax
+ \@namedef{@sep\number\c at authors}{\Authands}\fi
+ \newaffilfalse
+}
+\renewcommand\affil[2][]%
+ {\newaffiltrue\let\AB at blk@and\AB at pand
+ \if\relax#1\relax\def\AB at note{\AB at thenote}\else\def\AB at note{#1}%
+ \setcounter{Maxaffil}{0}\fi
+ \begingroup
+ \let\protect\@unexpandable at protect
+ \def\thanks{\protect\thanks}\def\footnote{\protect\footnote}%
+ \@temptokena=\expandafter{\AB at authors}%
+ {\def\\{\protect\\\protect\Affilfont}\xdef\AB at temp{#2}}%
+ \xdef\AB at authors{\the\@temptokena\AB at las\AB at au@str
+ \protect\\[\affilsep]\protect\Affilfont\AB at temp}%
+ \gdef\AB at las{}\gdef\AB at au@str{}%
+ {\xdef\AB at temp{#2}}%
+ \@temptokena=\expandafter{\AB at affillist}%
+ \xdef\AB at affillist{\the\@temptokena \AB at affilsep
+ \AB at affilnote{\AB at note}\protect\Affilfont\AB at temp}%
+ \endgroup
+ \let\AB at affilsep\AB at affilsepx}
+\renewcommand\@author{\ifx\AB at affillist\AB at empty\AB at authrunning\else
+ \ifnum\value{affil}>\value{Maxaffil}\def\rlap##1{##1}%
+ \AB at authlist\\[\affilsep]
+ \labelwidth1.5em\labelsep\z@\leftmargini\labelwidth
+ \edef\@enumctr{enumi}%
+ \list\theenumi{\usecounter\@enumctr\def\makelabel##1{\rlap{##1}\hss}}%
+ \AB at affillist
+ \endlist
+ \else \AB at authors\fi\fi}
+\newcommand*\Copyright[1]{%
+ \def\@Copyright{%
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\includegraphics[height=14\p@,clip]{cc-by}}%
+ \hspace*{\wd\@tempboxa}\enskip\ifx#1\@empty \else \textcopyright\ #1;\\\fi
+ \href{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/}%
+ {\smash{\unhbox\@tempboxa}}\enskip
+ licensed under Creative Commons License CC-BY\\
+ }}
+\Copyright{\@empty}
+\def\keywords#1{\def\@keywords{#1}}
+\let\@keywords\@empty
+\def\keywordsHeading{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\fontsize{9.5}{12.5}\sffamily\bfseries
+ Keywords and phrases\enskip}}
+\def\subjclass#1{\gdef\@subjclass{#1}}
+\let\@subjclass\@empty
+\def\subjclassHeading{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\fontsize{9.5}{12.5}\sffamily\bfseries
+ 1998 ACM Subject Classification\enskip}}
+\def\doiHeading{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\fontsize{9.5}{12.5}\sffamily\bfseries
+ Digital Object Identifier\enskip}}
+\def\serieslogo#1{\gdef\@serieslogo{#1}}
+\serieslogo{}
+\def\EventShortName#1{\gdef\@EventShortName{#1}}
+\EventShortName{}
+\def\DOI#1{\gdef\@DOI{#1}}
+\DOI{}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `lipics.cls'.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/inline/lipics.cls
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/inline/test.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/inline/test.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/inline/test.tex 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+\documentclass[USenglish]{lipics}
+\usepackage[appendix=inline]{../../apxproof}
+\input{../common}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/inline/test.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/lipics/lipics.cls
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/lipics/lipics.cls (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/lipics/lipics.cls 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -0,0 +1,646 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `lipics.cls',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% lipics.dtx (with options: `class')
+%%
+%% -----------------------------------------------------------------
+%% Author: le-tex publishing services
+%%
+%% This file is part of the lipics package for preparing
+%% LIPICS articles.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2010 Schloss Dagstuhl
+%% -----------------------------------------------------------------
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2005/12/01]
+\ProvidesClass{lipics}
+ [2010/09/27 v1.1 LIPIcs articles]
+\emergencystretch1em
+\advance\hoffset-1in
+\advance\voffset-1in
+\advance\hoffset2.95mm
+\newif\if at nobotseplist \@nobotseplistfalse
+\def\@endparenv{%
+ \addpenalty\@endparpenalty\if at nobotseplist\else\addvspace\@topsepadd\fi\@endpetrue}
+\def\@doendpe{%
+ \@endpetrue
+ \def\par{\@restorepar
+ \everypar{}%
+ \par
+ \if at nobotseplist
+ \addvspace\topsep
+ \addvspace\partopsep
+ \global\@nobotseplistfalse
+ \fi
+ \@endpefalse}%
+ \everypar{{\setbox\z@\lastbox}%
+ \everypar{}%
+ \if at nobotseplist\global\@nobotseplistfalse\fi
+ \@endpefalse}}
+\def\enumerate{%
+ \ifnum \@enumdepth >\thr@@\@toodeep\else
+ \advance\@enumdepth\@ne
+ \edef\@enumctr{enum\romannumeral\the\@enumdepth}%
+ \expandafter
+ \list
+ \csname label\@enumctr\endcsname
+ {\advance\partopsep\topsep
+ \topsep\z@\@plus\p@
+ \ifnum\@listdepth=\@ne
+ \labelsep0.72em
+ \else
+ \ifnum\@listdepth=\tw@
+ \labelsep0.3em
+ \else
+ \labelsep0.5em
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \usecounter\@enumctr\def\makelabel##1{\hss\llap{##1}}}%
+ \fi}
+\def\endenumerate{\ifnum\@listdepth=\@ne\global\@nobotseplisttrue\fi\endlist}
+\def\itemize{%
+ \ifnum \@itemdepth >\thr@@\@toodeep\else
+ \advance\@itemdepth\@ne
+ \edef\@itemitem{labelitem\romannumeral\the\@itemdepth}%
+ \expandafter
+ \list
+ \csname\@itemitem\endcsname
+ {\advance\partopsep\topsep
+ \topsep\z@\@plus\p@
+ \ifnum\@listdepth=\@ne
+ \labelsep0.83em
+ \else
+ \ifnum\@listdepth=\tw@
+ \labelsep0.75em
+ \else
+ \labelsep0.5em
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \def\makelabel##1{\hss\llap{##1}}}%
+ \fi}
+\def\enditemize{\ifnum\@listdepth=\@ne\global\@nobotseplisttrue\fi\endlist}
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{%
+ \ifnum #2>\c at secnumdepth
+ \let\@svsec\@empty
+ \else
+ \refstepcounter{#1}%
+ \protected at edef\@svsec{\@seccntformat{#1}\relax}%
+ \fi
+ \@tempskipa #5\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup
+ #6{%
+ \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax
+ \ifnum #2=1
+ \colorbox[rgb]{0.99,0.78,0.07}{\kern0.15em\@svsec\kern0.15em}\quad
+ \else
+ \@svsec\quad
+ \fi}%
+ \interlinepenalty \@M #8\@@par}%
+ \endgroup
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{%
+ \ifnum #2>\c at secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+ \fi
+ #7}%
+ \else
+ \def\@svsechd{%
+ #6{\hskip #3\relax
+ \@svsec #8}%
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{%
+ \ifnum #2>\c at secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+ \fi
+ #7}}%
+ \fi
+ \@xsect{#5}}
+\def\@seccntformat#1{\csname the#1\endcsname}
+\def\@biblabel#1{\textcolor{darkgray}{\sffamily\bfseries#1}}
+\def\copyrightline{%
+ \ifx\@serieslogo\@empty
+ \else
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\includegraphics[height=42\p@]{\@serieslogo}}%
+ \rlap{\hspace\textwidth\hspace{-\wd\@tempboxa}\hspace{\z@}%
+ \vtop to\z@{\vskip-0mm\unhbox\@tempboxa\vss}}%
+ \fi
+ \scriptsize
+ \vtop{\hsize\textwidth
+ \nobreakspace\\
+ \@Copyright
+ \ifx\@Event\@empty\else\@Event.\\\fi
+ \ifx\@Editors\@empty\else
+ \@Eds: \@Editors
+ ; pp. \thepage--\pageref{LastPage}%
+ \\
+ \fi
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\includegraphics[height=14\p@,trim=0 15 0 0]{lipics-logo-bw}}%
+ \hspace*{\wd\@tempboxa}\enskip
+ \href{http://www.dagstuhl.de/lipics/}%
+ {Leibniz International Proceedings in Informatics}\\
+ \smash{\unhbox\@tempboxa}\enskip
+ \href{http://www.dagstuhl.de}%
+ {Schloss Dagstuhl -- Leibniz-Zentrum f{\"u}r Informatik, Dagstuhl Publishing, Germany}}}
+\def\ps at plain{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \let\@oddhead\@empty
+ \let\@evenhead\@empty
+ \let\@evenfoot\copyrightline
+ \let\@oddfoot\copyrightline}
+\def\lipics at opterrshort{Option "\CurrentOption" not supported}
+\def\lipics at opterrlong{The option "\CurrentOption" from article.cls is not supported by lipics.cls.}
+\DeclareOption{a5paper}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{b5paper}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{legalpaper}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{executivepaper}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{landscape}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{10pt}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{11pt}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{12pt}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{oneside}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{twoside}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{titlepage}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{notitlepage}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{onecolumn}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{twocolumn}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{fleqn}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{openbib}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{a4paper}{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}
+ \advance\hoffset-2.95mm
+ \advance\voffset8.8mm}
+\DeclareOption{numberwithinsect}{\let\numberwithinsect\relax}
+\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
+\ProcessOptions
+\LoadClass[twoside,notitlepage,fleqn]{article}
+\renewcommand\normalsize{%
+ \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xpt{13}%
+ \abovedisplayskip 10\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus5\p@
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus3\p@
+ \belowdisplayshortskip 6\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus3\p@
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \let\@listi\@listI}
+\normalsize
+\renewcommand\small{%
+ \@setfontsize\small\@ixpt{11.5}%
+ \abovedisplayskip 8.5\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus4\p@
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus2\p@
+ \belowdisplayshortskip 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus2\p@
+ \def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \topsep 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus2\p@
+ \parsep 2\p@ \@plus\p@ \@minus\p@
+ \itemsep \parsep}%
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+}
+\renewcommand\footnotesize{%
+ \@setfontsize\footnotesize{8.5}{9.5}%
+ \abovedisplayskip 6\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus4\p@
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus\p@
+ \belowdisplayshortskip 3\p@ \@plus\p@ \@minus2\p@
+ \def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \topsep 3\p@ \@plus\p@ \@minus\p@
+ \parsep 2\p@ \@plus\p@ \@minus\p@
+ \itemsep \parsep}%
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+}
+\renewcommand\large{\@setfontsize\large{10.5}{13}}
+\renewcommand\Large{\@setfontsize\Large{12}{14}}
+\setlength\parindent{1.5em}
+\setlength\headheight{3mm}
+\setlength\headsep {10mm}
+\setlength\footskip{3mm}
+\setlength\textwidth{140mm}
+\setlength\textheight{222mm}
+\setlength\oddsidemargin{32mm}
+\setlength\evensidemargin{38mm}
+\setlength\marginparwidth{25mm}
+\setlength\topmargin{13mm}
+\setlength{\skip\footins}{2\baselineskip \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 2\p@}
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \parsep\z@ \@plus\p@
+ \topsep 8\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus4\p@
+ \itemsep \parsep}
+\let\@listI\@listi
+\@listi
+\def\@listii {\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii
+ \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus\p@
+ \parsep\z@ \@plus\p@
+ \itemsep \parsep}
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii
+ \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 2\p@ \@plus\p@\@minus\p@
+ \parsep \z@
+ \partopsep \p@ \@plus\z@ \@minus\p@
+ \itemsep \z@ \@plus\p@}
+\def\ps at headings{%
+ \def\@evenhead{\large\sffamily\bfseries
+ \llap{\hbox to0.5\oddsidemargin{\thepage\hss}}\leftmark\hfil}%
+ \def\@oddhead{\large\sffamily\bfseries\rightmark\hfil
+ \rlap{\hbox to0.5\oddsidemargin{\hss\thepage}}}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{\hfil
+ \rlap{%
+ \vtop{%
+ \vskip10mm
+ \colorbox[rgb]{0.99,0.78,0.07}
+ {\@tempdima\evensidemargin
+ \advance\@tempdima1in
+ \advance\@tempdima\hoffset
+ \hb at xt@\@tempdima{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\normalsize\sffamily
+ \bfseries\quad
+ \expandafter\textsolittle
+ \expandafter{\@EventShortName}}%
+ \strut\hss}}}}}
+ \let\@evenfoot\@empty
+ \let\@mkboth\markboth
+ \let\sectionmark\@gobble
+ \let\subsectionmark\@gobble}
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\renewcommand\maketitle{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \renewcommand\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c at footnote}%
+ \if at twocolumn
+ \ifnum \col at number=\@ne
+ \@maketitle
+ \else
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \newpage
+ \global\@topnum\z@ % Prevents figures from going at top of page.
+ \@maketitle
+ \fi
+ \thispagestyle{plain}\@thanks
+ \endgroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}%
+ \global\let\thanks\relax
+ \global\let\maketitle\relax
+ \global\let\@maketitle\relax
+ \global\let\@thanks\@empty
+ \global\let\@author\@empty
+ \global\let\@date\@empty
+ \global\let\@title\@empty
+ \global\let\title\relax
+ \global\let\author\relax
+ \global\let\date\relax
+ \global\let\and\relax
+}
+\newwrite\tocfile
+\def\@maketitle{%
+ \newpage
+ \null\vskip-\baselineskip
+ \vskip-\headsep
+ \@titlerunning
+ \@authorrunning
+ \let \footnote \thanks
+ \parindent\z@ \raggedright
+ {\LARGE\sffamily\bfseries\mathversion{bold}\@title \par}%
+ \vskip 1.5em%
+ \ifnum\c at authors=0 %
+ \@latexerr{No \noexpand\author given}%
+ {Provide at least one author. See the LIPIcs class documentation.}%
+ \else
+ \@author
+ \fi
+ \bgroup
+ \let\footnote\@gobble
+ \immediate\openout\tocfile=\jobname.vtc
+ \protected at write\tocfile{}{%
+ \string\contitem
+ \string\title{\@title}%
+ \string\author{\AB at authfortoc}%
+ \string\page{\thepage}}%
+ \closeout\tocfile
+ \egroup
+ \par}
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{4}
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {2.3ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ {\sffamily\Large\bfseries\raggedright}}
+\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}%
+ {-3.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}%
+ {\sffamily\Large\bfseries\raggedright}}
+\renewcommand\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}%
+ {-3.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}%
+ {\sffamily\Large\bfseries\raggedright}}
+\renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}%
+ {-3.25ex \@plus-1ex \@minus-.2ex}%
+ {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}%
+ {\sffamily\large\bfseries\raggedright}}
+\renewcommand\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\z@}%
+ {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {-1em}%
+ {\sffamily\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\setlength\leftmargini \parindent
+\setlength\leftmarginii {1.2em}
+\setlength\leftmarginiii{1.2em}
+\setlength\leftmarginiv {1.2em}
+\setlength\leftmarginv {1.2em}
+\setlength\leftmarginvi {1.2em}
+\renewcommand\labelenumi{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\sffamily\bfseries\mathversion{bold}\theenumi.}}
+\renewcommand\labelenumii{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\sffamily\bfseries\mathversion{bold}\theenumii.}}
+\renewcommand\labelenumiii{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\sffamily\bfseries\mathversion{bold}\theenumiii.}}
+\renewcommand\labelenumiv{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\sffamily\bfseries\mathversion{bold}\theenumiv.}}
+\renewcommand\labelitemi{%
+ \textcolor[rgb]{0.6,0.6,0.61}{\ifnum\@listdepth=\@ne
+ \rule{0.67em}{0.33em}%
+ \else
+ \rule{0.45em}{0.225em}%
+ \fi}}
+\renewcommand\labelitemii{%
+ \textcolor[rgb]{0.6,0.6,0.61}{\rule{0.45em}{0.225em}}}
+\renewcommand\labelitemiii{%
+ \textcolor[rgb]{0.6,0.6,0.61}{\sffamily\bfseries\textasteriskcentered}}
+\renewcommand\labelitemiv{%
+ \textcolor[rgb]{0.6,0.6,0.61}{\sffamily\bfseries\textperiodcentered}}
+\renewenvironment{description}
+ {\list{}{\advance\partopsep\topsep\topsep\z@\@plus\p@
+ \labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin
+ \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}}
+ {\ifnum\@listdepth=\@ne\global\@nobotseplisttrue\fi\endlist}
+\renewcommand*\descriptionlabel[1]{%
+ \hspace\labelsep\textcolor{darkgray}{\sffamily\bfseries\mathversion{bold}#1}}
+\renewenvironment{abstract}{%
+ \vskip\bigskipamount
+ \noindent
+ \rlap{\color[rgb]{0.51,0.50,0.52}\vrule\@width\textwidth\@height1\p@}%
+ \hspace*{7mm}\fboxsep1.5mm\colorbox[rgb]{1,1,1}{\raisebox{-0.4ex}{%
+ \large\selectfont\sffamily\bfseries\abstractname}}%
+ \vskip3\p@
+ \fontsize{9.5}{12.5}\selectfont
+ \noindent\ignorespaces}
+ {\ifx\@subjclass\@empty\else
+ \vskip\baselineskip\noindent
+ \subjclassHeading\@subjclass
+ \fi
+ \ifx\@keywords\@empty\else
+ \vskip\baselineskip\noindent
+ \keywordsHeading\@keywords
+ \fi
+ \ifx\@DOI\@empty\else
+ \vskip\baselineskip\noindent
+ \doiHeading\doi{\@DOI}%
+ \fi}
+\renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1]
+ {\if at noskipsec \leavevmode \fi
+ \par
+ \@tempskipa-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex\relax
+ \@afterindenttrue
+ \@tempskipa -\@tempskipa \@afterindentfalse
+ \if at nobreak
+ \everypar{}%
+ \else
+ \addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace\@tempskipa
+ \fi
+ \noindent
+ \rlap{\color[rgb]{0.51,0.50,0.52}\vrule\@width\textwidth\@height1\p@}%
+ \hspace*{7mm}\fboxsep1.5mm\colorbox[rgb]{1,1,1}{\raisebox{-0.4ex}{%
+ \normalsize\sffamily\bfseries\refname}}%
+ \@xsect{1ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c at enumiv}}%
+ {\leftmargin8.5mm
+ \labelsep\leftmargin
+ \settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}%
+ \advance\labelsep-\labelwidth
+ \usecounter{enumiv}%
+ \let\p at enumiv\@empty
+ \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c at enumiv}}%
+ \fontsize{9.5}{12.5}\selectfont
+ \sloppy
+ \clubpenalty4000
+ \@clubpenalty \clubpenalty
+ \widowpenalty4000%
+ \sfcode`\.\@m}
+ {\def\@noitemerr
+ {\@latex at warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}}%
+ \endlist}
+\renewcommand\footnoterule{%
+ \kern-8\p@
+ {\color[rgb]{0.60,0.60,0.61}\hrule\@width40mm\@height1\p@}%
+ \kern6.6\p@}
+\renewcommand\@makefntext[1]{%
+ \parindent\z@\hangindent1em
+ \leavevmode
+ \hb at xt@1em{\@makefnmark\hss}#1}
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+\IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\RequirePackage{lmodern}}{}
+\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\RequirePackage{textcomp}
+\RequirePackage[mathscr]{eucal}
+\RequirePackage{amssymb}
+\RequirePackage{soul}
+\sodef\textsolittle{}{.12em}{.5em\@plus.08em\@minus.06em}%
+ {.4em\@plus.275em\@minus.183em}
+\RequirePackage{color}
+\definecolor{darkgray}{rgb}{0.31,0.31,0.33}
+\RequirePackage{babel}
+\RequirePackage[tbtags,fleqn]{amsmath}
+\RequirePackage{amsthm}
+\thm at headfont{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{$\blacktriangleright$}\nobreakspace\sffamily\bfseries}
+\def\th at remark{%
+ \thm at headfont{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{$\blacktriangleright$}\nobreakspace\sffamily}%
+ \normalfont % body font
+ \thm at preskip\topsep \divide\thm at preskip\tw@
+ \thm at postskip\thm at preskip
+}
+\def\@endtheorem{\endtrivlist}%\@endpefalse
+\renewcommand\qedsymbol{\textcolor{darkgray}{\ensuremath{\blacktriangleleft}}}
+\renewenvironment{proof}[1][\proofname]{\par
+ \pushQED{\qed}%
+ \normalfont \topsep6\p@\@plus6\p@\relax
+ \trivlist
+ \item[\hskip\labelsep
+ \color{darkgray}\sffamily\bfseries
+ #1\@addpunct{.}]\ignorespaces
+}{%
+ \popQED\endtrivlist%\@endpefalse
+}
+\theoremstyle{plain}
+\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}
+\newtheorem{lemma}[theorem]{Lemma}
+\newtheorem{corollary}[theorem]{Corollary}
+\theoremstyle{definition}
+\newtheorem{definition}[theorem]{Definition}
+\newtheorem{example}[theorem]{Example}
+\theoremstyle{remark}
+\newtheorem*{remark}{Remark}
+\ifx\numberwithinsect\relax
+ \@addtoreset{theorem}{section}
+ \edef\thetheorem{\expandafter\noexpand\thesection\@thmcountersep\@thmcounter{theorem}}
+\fi
+\RequirePackage{graphicx}
+\RequirePackage{array}
+\let\@classzold\@classz
+\def\@classz{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\d at llarbegin\begingroup
+ \toks \count@ =
+ \expandafter{\expandafter\small\the\toks\count@}%
+ \fi
+ \@classzold}
+\RequirePackage{multirow}
+\RequirePackage{tabularx}
+\RequirePackage[online]{threeparttable}
+\def\TPTtagStyle#1{#1)}
+\def\tablenotes{\small\TPT at defaults
+ \@ifnextchar[\TPT at setuptnotes\TPTdoTablenotes} % ]
+\RequirePackage{listings}
+\lstset{basicstyle=\small\ttfamily,%
+ backgroundcolor=\color[rgb]{0.85,0.85,0.86},%
+ frame=single,framerule=0pt,xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep}
+\RequirePackage{lastpage}
+\IfFileExists{doi.sty}
+ {\RequirePackage{doi}%
+ \renewcommand*{\doitext}{}}
+ {\RequirePackage{hyperref}%
+ \def\doi##1{##1}}
+\hypersetup{pdfborder={0 0 0}}
+\RequirePackage[labelsep=space,singlelinecheck=false,%
+ font={up,small},labelfont={sf,bf},%
+ listof=false]{caption}%"listof" instead of "list" for backward compatibility
+\@ifpackagelater{hyperref}{2009/12/09}
+ {\captionsetup{compatibility=false}}%cf. http://groups.google.de/group/comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/db9310eb540fbbd8/42e30f3b7b3aa17a?lnk=raot
+ {}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{boxed}{%
+ \kern0.05em{\color[rgb]{0.99,0.78,0.07}\rule{0.73em}{0.73em}}%
+ \hspace*{0.67em}\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2}
+\captionsetup{labelformat=boxed}
+\captionsetup[table]{position=top}
+\RequirePackage[figuresright]{rotating}
+\RequirePackage{subfig}
+\def\titlerunning#1{\gdef\@titlerunning{{\let\footnote\@gobble\markboth{#1}{#1}}}}
+\def\authorrunning#1{%
+ \gdef\@authorrunning{\expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{#1}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\markright{#1}\fi}}
+\titlerunning{\@title}
+\authorrunning{\AB at authrunning}
+\newcommand*\volumeinfo[6]{%
+ {\gdef\@Editors{#1}%
+ \gdef\@Eds{Editor}\ifnum #2>1 \gdef\@Eds{Editors}\fi
+ \gdef\@Event{#3}%
+ \setcounter{page}{#6}}}
+\volumeinfo{}{1}{}{}{}{1}
+\RequirePackage{authblk}
+\renewcommand*\Authand{{ and }}
+\renewcommand*\Authfont{\Large\bfseries\mathversion{bold}}
+\renewcommand*\AB at authnote[1]{\textsuperscript{#1}}
+\renewcommand*\AB at affilnote[1]{\protect\item[#1]}
+\renewcommand*\Affilfont{\fontsize{9.5}{12}\selectfont}
+\setlength\affilsep{\baselineskip}
+\newcommand\AB at authrunning{}
+\newcommand\AB at authfortoc{}
+\renewcommand\author[2][]%
+ {\ifnewaffil\addtocounter{affil}{1}%
+ \edef\AB at thenote{\arabic{affil}}\fi
+ \if\relax#1\relax\def\AB at note{\AB at thenote}\else\def\AB at note{#1}%
+ \setcounter{Maxaffil}{0}\fi
+ \ifnum\value{authors}>1\relax
+ \@namedef{@sep\number\c at authors}{\Authsep}\fi
+ \addtocounter{authors}{1}%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\protect\@unexpandable at protect \let\and\AB at pand
+ \def\thanks{\protect\thanks}\def\footnote{\protect\footnote}%
+ \@temptokena=\expandafter{\AB at authors}%
+ {\def\\{\protect\\[\@affilsep]\protect\Affilfont
+ \protect\AB at resetsep}%
+ \xdef\AB at author{\AB at blk@and#2}%
+ \ifnewaffil\gdef\AB at las{}\gdef\AB at lasx{\protect\Authand}\gdef\AB at as{}%
+ \xdef\AB at authors{\the\@temptokena\AB at blk@and}%
+ \else
+ \xdef\AB at authors{\the\@temptokena\AB at as\AB at au@str}%
+ \global\let\AB at las\AB at lasx\gdef\AB at lasx{\protect\Authands}%
+ \gdef\AB at as{\Authsep}%
+ \fi
+ \gdef\AB at au@str{#2}}%
+ \@temptokena=\expandafter{\AB at authlist}%
+ \let\\=\authorcr
+ \xdef\AB at authlist{\the\@temptokena
+ \protect\@nameuse{@sep\number\c at authors}%
+ \protect\Authfont#2\AB at authnote{\AB at note}}%
+ %new
+ \@temptokena=\expandafter{\AB at authrunning}%
+ \let\\=\authorcr
+ \xdef\AB at authrunning{\the\@temptokena
+ \protect\@nameuse{@sep\number\c at authors}#2}%
+ %
+ %new
+ \@temptokena=\expandafter{\AB at authfortoc}%
+ \let\\=\authorcr
+ \xdef\AB at authfortoc{\the\@temptokena
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname @sep\number\c at authors\endcsname#2}%
+ %
+ \endgroup
+ \ifnum\value{authors}>2\relax
+ \@namedef{@sep\number\c at authors}{\Authands}\fi
+ \newaffilfalse
+}
+\renewcommand\affil[2][]%
+ {\newaffiltrue\let\AB at blk@and\AB at pand
+ \if\relax#1\relax\def\AB at note{\AB at thenote}\else\def\AB at note{#1}%
+ \setcounter{Maxaffil}{0}\fi
+ \begingroup
+ \let\protect\@unexpandable at protect
+ \def\thanks{\protect\thanks}\def\footnote{\protect\footnote}%
+ \@temptokena=\expandafter{\AB at authors}%
+ {\def\\{\protect\\\protect\Affilfont}\xdef\AB at temp{#2}}%
+ \xdef\AB at authors{\the\@temptokena\AB at las\AB at au@str
+ \protect\\[\affilsep]\protect\Affilfont\AB at temp}%
+ \gdef\AB at las{}\gdef\AB at au@str{}%
+ {\xdef\AB at temp{#2}}%
+ \@temptokena=\expandafter{\AB at affillist}%
+ \xdef\AB at affillist{\the\@temptokena \AB at affilsep
+ \AB at affilnote{\AB at note}\protect\Affilfont\AB at temp}%
+ \endgroup
+ \let\AB at affilsep\AB at affilsepx}
+\renewcommand\@author{\ifx\AB at affillist\AB at empty\AB at authrunning\else
+ \ifnum\value{affil}>\value{Maxaffil}\def\rlap##1{##1}%
+ \AB at authlist\\[\affilsep]
+ \labelwidth1.5em\labelsep\z@\leftmargini\labelwidth
+ \edef\@enumctr{enumi}%
+ \list\theenumi{\usecounter\@enumctr\def\makelabel##1{\rlap{##1}\hss}}%
+ \AB at affillist
+ \endlist
+ \else \AB at authors\fi\fi}
+\newcommand*\Copyright[1]{%
+ \def\@Copyright{%
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\includegraphics[height=14\p@,clip]{cc-by}}%
+ \hspace*{\wd\@tempboxa}\enskip\ifx#1\@empty \else \textcopyright\ #1;\\\fi
+ \href{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/}%
+ {\smash{\unhbox\@tempboxa}}\enskip
+ licensed under Creative Commons License CC-BY\\
+ }}
+\Copyright{\@empty}
+\def\keywords#1{\def\@keywords{#1}}
+\let\@keywords\@empty
+\def\keywordsHeading{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\fontsize{9.5}{12.5}\sffamily\bfseries
+ Keywords and phrases\enskip}}
+\def\subjclass#1{\gdef\@subjclass{#1}}
+\let\@subjclass\@empty
+\def\subjclassHeading{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\fontsize{9.5}{12.5}\sffamily\bfseries
+ 1998 ACM Subject Classification\enskip}}
+\def\doiHeading{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\fontsize{9.5}{12.5}\sffamily\bfseries
+ Digital Object Identifier\enskip}}
+\def\serieslogo#1{\gdef\@serieslogo{#1}}
+\serieslogo{}
+\def\EventShortName#1{\gdef\@EventShortName{#1}}
+\EventShortName{}
+\def\DOI#1{\gdef\@DOI{#1}}
+\DOI{}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `lipics.cls'.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/lipics/lipics.cls
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/lipics/test.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/lipics/test.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/lipics/test.tex 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+\documentclass[USenglish]{lipics}
+\usepackage[appendix=append]{../../apxproof}
+\input{../common}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/lipics/test.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/llncs/llncs.cls
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/llncs/llncs.cls (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/llncs/llncs.cls 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -0,0 +1,1208 @@
+% LLNCS DOCUMENT CLASS -- version 2.18 (27-Sep-2013)
+% Springer Verlag LaTeX2e support for Lecture Notes in Computer Science
+%
+%%
+%% \CharacterTable
+%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%%
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\ProvidesClass{llncs}[2013/09/27 v2.18
+^^J LaTeX document class for Lecture Notes in Computer Science]
+% Options
+\let\if at envcntreset\iffalse
+\DeclareOption{envcountreset}{\let\if at envcntreset\iftrue}
+\DeclareOption{citeauthoryear}{\let\citeauthoryear=Y}
+\DeclareOption{oribibl}{\let\oribibl=Y}
+\let\if at custvec\iftrue
+\DeclareOption{orivec}{\let\if at custvec\iffalse}
+\let\if at envcntsame\iffalse
+\DeclareOption{envcountsame}{\let\if at envcntsame\iftrue}
+\let\if at envcntsect\iffalse
+\DeclareOption{envcountsect}{\let\if at envcntsect\iftrue}
+\let\if at runhead\iffalse
+\DeclareOption{runningheads}{\let\if at runhead\iftrue}
+
+\let\if at openright\iftrue
+\let\if at openbib\iffalse
+\DeclareOption{openbib}{\let\if at openbib\iftrue}
+
+% languages
+\let\switcht@@therlang\relax
+\def\ds at deutsch{\def\switcht@@therlang{\switcht at deutsch}}
+\def\ds at francais{\def\switcht@@therlang{\switcht at francais}}
+
+\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
+
+\ProcessOptions
+
+\LoadClass[twoside]{article}
+\RequirePackage{multicol} % needed for the list of participants, index
+\RequirePackage{aliascnt}
+
+\setlength{\textwidth}{12.2cm}
+\setlength{\textheight}{19.3cm}
+\renewcommand\@pnumwidth{2em}
+\renewcommand\@tocrmarg{3.5em}
+%
+\def\@dottedtocline#1#2#3#4#5{%
+ \ifnum #1>\c at tocdepth \else
+ \vskip \z@ \@plus.2\p@
+ {\leftskip #2\relax \rightskip \@tocrmarg \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 2cm
+ \parfillskip -\rightskip \pretolerance=10000
+ \parindent #2\relax\@afterindenttrue
+ \interlinepenalty\@M
+ \leavevmode
+ \@tempdima #3\relax
+ \advance\leftskip \@tempdima \null\nobreak\hskip -\leftskip
+ {#4}\nobreak
+ \leaders\hbox{$\m at th
+ \mkern \@dotsep mu\hbox{.}\mkern \@dotsep
+ mu$}\hfill
+ \nobreak
+ \hb at xt@\@pnumwidth{\hfil\normalfont \normalcolor #5}%
+ \par}%
+ \fi}
+%
+\def\switcht at albion{%
+\def\abstractname{Abstract.}
+\def\ackname{Acknowledgement.}
+\def\andname{and}
+\def\lastandname{\unskip, and}
+\def\appendixname{Appendix}
+\def\chaptername{Chapter}
+\def\claimname{Claim}
+\def\conjecturename{Conjecture}
+\def\contentsname{Table of Contents}
+\def\corollaryname{Corollary}
+\def\definitionname{Definition}
+\def\examplename{Example}
+\def\exercisename{Exercise}
+\def\figurename{Fig.}
+\def\keywordname{{\bf Keywords:}}
+\def\indexname{Index}
+\def\lemmaname{Lemma}
+\def\contriblistname{List of Contributors}
+\def\listfigurename{List of Figures}
+\def\listtablename{List of Tables}
+\def\mailname{{\it Correspondence to\/}:}
+\def\noteaddname{Note added in proof}
+\def\notename{Note}
+\def\partname{Part}
+\def\problemname{Problem}
+\def\proofname{Proof}
+\def\propertyname{Property}
+\def\propositionname{Proposition}
+\def\questionname{Question}
+\def\remarkname{Remark}
+\def\seename{see}
+\def\solutionname{Solution}
+\def\subclassname{{\it Subject Classifications\/}:}
+\def\tablename{Table}
+\def\theoremname{Theorem}}
+\switcht at albion
+% Names of theorem like environments are already defined
+% but must be translated if another language is chosen
+%
+% French section
+\def\switcht at francais{%\typeout{On parle francais.}%
+ \def\abstractname{R\'esum\'e.}%
+ \def\ackname{Remerciements.}%
+ \def\andname{et}%
+ \def\lastandname{ et}%
+ \def\appendixname{Appendice}
+ \def\chaptername{Chapitre}%
+ \def\claimname{Pr\'etention}%
+ \def\conjecturename{Hypoth\`ese}%
+ \def\contentsname{Table des mati\`eres}%
+ \def\corollaryname{Corollaire}%
+ \def\definitionname{D\'efinition}%
+ \def\examplename{Exemple}%
+ \def\exercisename{Exercice}%
+ \def\figurename{Fig.}%
+ \def\keywordname{{\bf Mots-cl\'e:}}
+ \def\indexname{Index}
+ \def\lemmaname{Lemme}%
+ \def\contriblistname{Liste des contributeurs}
+ \def\listfigurename{Liste des figures}%
+ \def\listtablename{Liste des tables}%
+ \def\mailname{{\it Correspondence to\/}:}
+ \def\noteaddname{Note ajout\'ee \`a l'\'epreuve}%
+ \def\notename{Remarque}%
+ \def\partname{Partie}%
+ \def\problemname{Probl\`eme}%
+ \def\proofname{Preuve}%
+ \def\propertyname{Caract\'eristique}%
+%\def\propositionname{Proposition}%
+ \def\questionname{Question}%
+ \def\remarkname{Remarque}%
+ \def\seename{voir}
+ \def\solutionname{Solution}%
+ \def\subclassname{{\it Subject Classifications\/}:}
+ \def\tablename{Tableau}%
+ \def\theoremname{Th\'eor\`eme}%
+}
+%
+% German section
+\def\switcht at deutsch{%\typeout{Man spricht deutsch.}%
+ \def\abstractname{Zusammenfassung.}%
+ \def\ackname{Danksagung.}%
+ \def\andname{und}%
+ \def\lastandname{ und}%
+ \def\appendixname{Anhang}%
+ \def\chaptername{Kapitel}%
+ \def\claimname{Behauptung}%
+ \def\conjecturename{Hypothese}%
+ \def\contentsname{Inhaltsverzeichnis}%
+ \def\corollaryname{Korollar}%
+%\def\definitionname{Definition}%
+ \def\examplename{Beispiel}%
+ \def\exercisename{\"Ubung}%
+ \def\figurename{Abb.}%
+ \def\keywordname{{\bf Schl\"usselw\"orter:}}
+ \def\indexname{Index}
+%\def\lemmaname{Lemma}%
+ \def\contriblistname{Mitarbeiter}
+ \def\listfigurename{Abbildungsverzeichnis}%
+ \def\listtablename{Tabellenverzeichnis}%
+ \def\mailname{{\it Correspondence to\/}:}
+ \def\noteaddname{Nachtrag}%
+ \def\notename{Anmerkung}%
+ \def\partname{Teil}%
+%\def\problemname{Problem}%
+ \def\proofname{Beweis}%
+ \def\propertyname{Eigenschaft}%
+%\def\propositionname{Proposition}%
+ \def\questionname{Frage}%
+ \def\remarkname{Anmerkung}%
+ \def\seename{siehe}
+ \def\solutionname{L\"osung}%
+ \def\subclassname{{\it Subject Classifications\/}:}
+ \def\tablename{Tabelle}%
+%\def\theoremname{Theorem}%
+}
+
+% Ragged bottom for the actual page
+\def\thisbottomragged{\def\@textbottom{\vskip\z@ plus.0001fil
+\global\let\@textbottom\relax}}
+
+\renewcommand\small{%
+ \@setfontsize\small\@ixpt{11}%
+ \abovedisplayskip 8.5\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus4\p@
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus2\p@
+ \belowdisplayshortskip 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus2\p@
+ \def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \parsep 0\p@ \@plus1\p@ \@minus\p@
+ \topsep 8\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus4\p@
+ \itemsep0\p@}%
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+}
+
+\frenchspacing
+\widowpenalty=10000
+\clubpenalty=10000
+
+\setlength\oddsidemargin {63\p@}
+\setlength\evensidemargin {63\p@}
+\setlength\marginparwidth {90\p@}
+
+\setlength\headsep {16\p@}
+
+\setlength\footnotesep{7.7\p@}
+\setlength\textfloatsep{8mm\@plus 2\p@ \@minus 4\p@}
+\setlength\intextsep {8mm\@plus 2\p@ \@minus 2\p@}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{2}
+
+\newcounter {chapter}
+\renewcommand\thechapter {\@arabic\c at chapter}
+
+\newif\if at mainmatter \@mainmattertrue
+\newcommand\frontmatter{\cleardoublepage
+ \@mainmatterfalse\pagenumbering{Roman}}
+\newcommand\mainmatter{\cleardoublepage
+ \@mainmattertrue\pagenumbering{arabic}}
+\newcommand\backmatter{\if at openright\cleardoublepage\else\clearpage\fi
+ \@mainmatterfalse}
+
+\renewcommand\part{\cleardoublepage
+ \thispagestyle{empty}%
+ \if at twocolumn
+ \onecolumn
+ \@tempswatrue
+ \else
+ \@tempswafalse
+ \fi
+ \null\vfil
+ \secdef\@part\@spart}
+
+\def\@part[#1]#2{%
+ \ifnum \c at secnumdepth >-2\relax
+ \refstepcounter{part}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{\thepart\hspace{1em}#1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \markboth{}{}%
+ {\centering
+ \interlinepenalty \@M
+ \normalfont
+ \ifnum \c at secnumdepth >-2\relax
+ \huge\bfseries \partname~\thepart
+ \par
+ \vskip 20\p@
+ \fi
+ \Huge \bfseries #2\par}%
+ \@endpart}
+\def\@spart#1{%
+ {\centering
+ \interlinepenalty \@M
+ \normalfont
+ \Huge \bfseries #1\par}%
+ \@endpart}
+\def\@endpart{\vfil\newpage
+ \if at twoside
+ \null
+ \thispagestyle{empty}%
+ \newpage
+ \fi
+ \if at tempswa
+ \twocolumn
+ \fi}
+
+\newcommand\chapter{\clearpage
+ \thispagestyle{empty}%
+ \global\@topnum\z@
+ \@afterindentfalse
+ \secdef\@chapter\@schapter}
+\def\@chapter[#1]#2{\ifnum \c at secnumdepth >\m at ne
+ \if at mainmatter
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \typeout{\@chapapp\space\thechapter.}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}%
+ {\protect\numberline{\thechapter}#1}%
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \chaptermark{#1}%
+ \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\addvspace{10\p@}}%
+ \if at twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makechapterhead{#2}]%
+ \else
+ \@makechapterhead{#2}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi}
+\def\@makechapterhead#1{%
+% \vspace*{50\p@}%
+ {\centering
+ \ifnum \c at secnumdepth >\m at ne
+ \if at mainmatter
+ \large\bfseries \@chapapp{} \thechapter
+ \par\nobreak
+ \vskip 20\p@
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \interlinepenalty\@M
+ \Large \bfseries #1\par\nobreak
+ \vskip 40\p@
+ }}
+\def\@schapter#1{\if at twocolumn
+ \@topnewpage[\@makeschapterhead{#1}]%
+ \else
+ \@makeschapterhead{#1}%
+ \@afterheading
+ \fi}
+\def\@makeschapterhead#1{%
+% \vspace*{50\p@}%
+ {\centering
+ \normalfont
+ \interlinepenalty\@M
+ \Large \bfseries #1\par\nobreak
+ \vskip 40\p@
+ }}
+
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-18\p@ \@plus -4\p@ \@minus -4\p@}%
+ {12\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 4\p@}%
+ {\normalfont\large\bfseries\boldmath
+ \rightskip=\z@ \@plus 8em\pretolerance=10000 }}
+\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}%
+ {-18\p@ \@plus -4\p@ \@minus -4\p@}%
+ {8\p@ \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 4\p@}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries\boldmath
+ \rightskip=\z@ \@plus 8em\pretolerance=10000 }}
+\renewcommand\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}%
+ {-18\p@ \@plus -4\p@ \@minus -4\p@}%
+ {-0.5em \@plus -0.22em \@minus -0.1em}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries\boldmath}}
+\renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}%
+ {-12\p@ \@plus -4\p@ \@minus -4\p@}%
+ {-0.5em \@plus -0.22em \@minus -0.1em}%
+ {\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}
+\renewcommand\subparagraph[1]{\typeout{LLNCS warning: You should not use
+ \string\subparagraph\space with this class}\vskip0.5cm
+You should not use \verb|\subparagraph| with this class.\vskip0.5cm}
+
+\DeclareMathSymbol{\Gamma}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"00}
+\DeclareMathSymbol{\Delta}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"01}
+\DeclareMathSymbol{\Theta}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"02}
+\DeclareMathSymbol{\Lambda}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"03}
+\DeclareMathSymbol{\Xi}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"04}
+\DeclareMathSymbol{\Pi}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"05}
+\DeclareMathSymbol{\Sigma}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"06}
+\DeclareMathSymbol{\Upsilon}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"07}
+\DeclareMathSymbol{\Phi}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"08}
+\DeclareMathSymbol{\Psi}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"09}
+\DeclareMathSymbol{\Omega}{\mathalpha}{letters}{"0A}
+
+\let\footnotesize\small
+
+\if at custvec
+\def\vec#1{\mathchoice{\mbox{\boldmath$\displaystyle#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\textstyle#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\scriptstyle#1$}}
+{\mbox{\boldmath$\scriptscriptstyle#1$}}}
+\fi
+
+\def\squareforqed{\hbox{\rlap{$\sqcap$}$\sqcup$}}
+\def\qed{\ifmmode\squareforqed\else{\unskip\nobreak\hfil
+\penalty50\hskip1em\null\nobreak\hfil\squareforqed
+\parfillskip=0pt\finalhyphendemerits=0\endgraf}\fi}
+
+\def\getsto{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
+\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr\gets\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr\gets
+\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr\gets
+\cr\to\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+\gets\cr\to\cr}}}}}
+\def\lid{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+<\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.9pt}=\cr}}}}}
+\def\gid{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1.2pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip1pt}=\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr
+\noalign{\vskip0.9pt}=\cr}}}}}
+\def\grole{\mathrel{\mathchoice {\vcenter{\offinterlineskip
+\halign{\hfil
+$\displaystyle##$\hfil\cr>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\textstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-1pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-0.8pt}<\cr}}}
+{\vcenter{\offinterlineskip\halign{\hfil$\scriptscriptstyle##$\hfil\cr
+>\cr\noalign{\vskip-0.3pt}<\cr}}}}}
+\def\bbbr{{\rm I\!R}} %reelle Zahlen
+\def\bbbm{{\rm I\!M}}
+\def\bbbn{{\rm I\!N}} %natuerliche Zahlen
+\def\bbbf{{\rm I\!F}}
+\def\bbbh{{\rm I\!H}}
+\def\bbbk{{\rm I\!K}}
+\def\bbbp{{\rm I\!P}}
+\def\bbbone{{\mathchoice {\rm 1\mskip-4mu l} {\rm 1\mskip-4mu l}
+{\rm 1\mskip-4.5mu l} {\rm 1\mskip-5mu l}}}
+\def\bbbc{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm C$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbq{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm
+Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.8\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.8\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.7\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm Q$}\hbox{\raise
+0.15\ht0\hbox to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.7\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbt{{\mathchoice {\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\rm
+T$}\hbox{\hbox to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm T$}\hbox{\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.3\wd0\vrule height0.9\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbs{{\mathchoice
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.5\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\textstyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.5\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptstyle \rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.35\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\raise0.05\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.5\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\box0}}
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\rm S$}\hbox{\raise0.5\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.4\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\raise0.05\ht0\hbox
+to0pt{\kern0.55\wd0\vrule height0.45\ht0\hss}\box0}}}}
+\def\bbbz{{\mathchoice {\hbox{$\mathsf\textstyle Z\kern-0.4em Z$}}
+{\hbox{$\mathsf\textstyle Z\kern-0.4em Z$}}
+{\hbox{$\mathsf\scriptstyle Z\kern-0.3em Z$}}
+{\hbox{$\mathsf\scriptscriptstyle Z\kern-0.2em Z$}}}}
+
+\let\ts\,
+
+\setlength\leftmargini {17\p@}
+\setlength\leftmargin {\leftmargini}
+\setlength\leftmarginii {\leftmargini}
+\setlength\leftmarginiii {\leftmargini}
+\setlength\leftmarginiv {\leftmargini}
+\setlength \labelsep {.5em}
+\setlength \labelwidth{\leftmargini}
+\addtolength\labelwidth{-\labelsep}
+
+\def\@listI{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \parsep 0\p@ \@plus1\p@ \@minus\p@
+ \topsep 8\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus4\p@
+ \itemsep0\p@}
+\let\@listi\@listI
+\@listi
+\def\@listii {\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii
+ \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 0\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus\p@}
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii
+ \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 0\p@ \@plus\p@\@minus\p@
+ \parsep \z@
+ \partopsep \p@ \@plus\z@ \@minus\p@}
+
+\renewcommand\labelitemi{\normalfont\bfseries --}
+\renewcommand\labelitemii{$\m at th\bullet$}
+
+\setlength\arraycolsep{1.4\p@}
+\setlength\tabcolsep{1.4\p@}
+
+\def\tableofcontents{\chapter*{\contentsname\@mkboth{{\contentsname}}%
+ {{\contentsname}}}
+ \def\authcount##1{\setcounter{auco}{##1}\setcounter{@auth}{1}}
+ \def\lastand{\ifnum\value{auco}=2\relax
+ \unskip{} \andname\
+ \else
+ \unskip \lastandname\
+ \fi}%
+ \def\and{\stepcounter{@auth}\relax
+ \ifnum\value{@auth}=\value{auco}%
+ \lastand
+ \else
+ \unskip,
+ \fi}%
+ \@starttoc{toc}\if at restonecol\twocolumn\fi}
+
+\def\l at part#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}%
+ \addvspace{2em plus\p@}% % space above part line
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@
+ \rightskip \z@ plus 5em
+ \hrule\vskip5pt
+ \large % same size as for a contribution heading
+ \bfseries\boldmath % set line in boldface
+ \leavevmode % TeX command to enter horizontal mode.
+ #1\par
+ \vskip5pt
+ \hrule
+ \vskip1pt
+ \nobreak % Never break after part entry
+ \endgroup}
+
+\def\@dotsep{2}
+
+\let\phantomsection=\relax
+
+\def\hyperhrefextend{\ifx\hyper at anchor\@undefined\else
+{}\fi}
+
+\def\addnumcontentsmark#1#2#3{%
+\addtocontents{#1}{\protect\contentsline{#2}{\protect\numberline
+ {\thechapter}#3}{\thepage}\hyperhrefextend}}%
+\def\addcontentsmark#1#2#3{%
+\addtocontents{#1}{\protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{\thepage}\hyperhrefextend}}%
+\def\addcontentsmarkwop#1#2#3{%
+\addtocontents{#1}{\protect\contentsline{#2}{#3}{0}\hyperhrefextend}}%
+
+\def\@adcmk[#1]{\ifcase #1 \or
+\def\@gtempa{\addnumcontentsmark}%
+ \or \def\@gtempa{\addcontentsmark}%
+ \or \def\@gtempa{\addcontentsmarkwop}%
+ \fi\@gtempa{toc}{chapter}%
+}
+\def\addtocmark{%
+\phantomsection
+\@ifnextchar[{\@adcmk}{\@adcmk[3]}%
+}
+
+\def\l at chapter#1#2{\addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}
+ \vskip 1.0em plus 1pt \@tempdima 1.5em \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@tocrmarg
+ \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 2cm
+ \parfillskip -\rightskip \pretolerance=10000
+ \leavevmode \advance\leftskip\@tempdima \hskip -\leftskip
+ {\large\bfseries\boldmath#1}\ifx0#2\hfil\null
+ \else
+ \nobreak
+ \leaders\hbox{$\m at th \mkern \@dotsep mu.\mkern
+ \@dotsep mu$}\hfill
+ \nobreak\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}%
+ \fi\par
+ \penalty\@highpenalty \endgroup}
+
+\def\l at title#1#2{\addpenalty{-\@highpenalty}
+ \addvspace{8pt plus 1pt}
+ \@tempdima \z@
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@tocrmarg
+ \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 2cm
+ \parfillskip -\rightskip \pretolerance=10000
+ \leavevmode \advance\leftskip\@tempdima \hskip -\leftskip
+ #1\nobreak
+ \leaders\hbox{$\m at th \mkern \@dotsep mu.\mkern
+ \@dotsep mu$}\hfill
+ \nobreak\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par
+ \penalty\@highpenalty \endgroup}
+
+\def\l at author#1#2{\addpenalty{\@highpenalty}
+ \@tempdima=15\p@ %\z@
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@tocrmarg
+ \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 2cm
+ \pretolerance=10000
+ \leavevmode \advance\leftskip\@tempdima %\hskip -\leftskip
+ \textit{#1}\par
+ \penalty\@highpenalty \endgroup}
+
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{0}
+\newdimen\tocchpnum
+\newdimen\tocsecnum
+\newdimen\tocsectotal
+\newdimen\tocsubsecnum
+\newdimen\tocsubsectotal
+\newdimen\tocsubsubsecnum
+\newdimen\tocsubsubsectotal
+\newdimen\tocparanum
+\newdimen\tocparatotal
+\newdimen\tocsubparanum
+\tocchpnum=\z@ % no chapter numbers
+\tocsecnum=15\p@ % section 88. plus 2.222pt
+\tocsubsecnum=23\p@ % subsection 88.8 plus 2.222pt
+\tocsubsubsecnum=27\p@ % subsubsection 88.8.8 plus 1.444pt
+\tocparanum=35\p@ % paragraph 88.8.8.8 plus 1.666pt
+\tocsubparanum=43\p@ % subparagraph 88.8.8.8.8 plus 1.888pt
+\def\calctocindent{%
+\tocsectotal=\tocchpnum
+\advance\tocsectotal by\tocsecnum
+\tocsubsectotal=\tocsectotal
+\advance\tocsubsectotal by\tocsubsecnum
+\tocsubsubsectotal=\tocsubsectotal
+\advance\tocsubsubsectotal by\tocsubsubsecnum
+\tocparatotal=\tocsubsubsectotal
+\advance\tocparatotal by\tocparanum}
+\calctocindent
+
+\def\l at section{\@dottedtocline{1}{\tocchpnum}{\tocsecnum}}
+\def\l at subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{\tocsectotal}{\tocsubsecnum}}
+\def\l at subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{\tocsubsectotal}{\tocsubsubsecnum}}
+\def\l at paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{\tocsubsubsectotal}{\tocparanum}}
+\def\l at subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{\tocparatotal}{\tocsubparanum}}
+
+\def\listoffigures{\@restonecolfalse\if at twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \fi\section*{\listfigurename\@mkboth{{\listfigurename}}{{\listfigurename}}}
+ \@starttoc{lof}\if at restonecol\twocolumn\fi}
+\def\l at figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{0em}{1.5em}}
+
+\def\listoftables{\@restonecolfalse\if at twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \fi\section*{\listtablename\@mkboth{{\listtablename}}{{\listtablename}}}
+ \@starttoc{lot}\if at restonecol\twocolumn\fi}
+\let\l at table\l at figure
+
+\renewcommand\listoffigures{%
+ \section*{\listfigurename
+ \@mkboth{\listfigurename}{\listfigurename}}%
+ \@starttoc{lof}%
+ }
+
+\renewcommand\listoftables{%
+ \section*{\listtablename
+ \@mkboth{\listtablename}{\listtablename}}%
+ \@starttoc{lot}%
+ }
+
+\ifx\oribibl\undefined
+\ifx\citeauthoryear\undefined
+\renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1]
+ {\section*{\refname}
+ \def\@biblabel##1{##1.}
+ \small
+ \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c at enumiv}}%
+ {\settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}%
+ \leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+ \if at openbib
+ \advance\leftmargin\bibindent
+ \itemindent -\bibindent
+ \listparindent \itemindent
+ \parsep \z@
+ \fi
+ \usecounter{enumiv}%
+ \let\p at enumiv\@empty
+ \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c at enumiv}}%
+ \if at openbib
+ \renewcommand\newblock{\par}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand\newblock{\hskip .11em \@plus.33em \@minus.07em}%
+ \fi
+ \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000%
+ \sfcode`\.=\@m}
+ {\def\@noitemerr
+ {\@latex at warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}}%
+ \endlist}
+\def\@lbibitem[#1]#2{\item[{[#1]}\hfill]\if at filesw
+ {\let\protect\noexpand\immediate
+ \write\@auxout{\string\bibcite{#2}{#1}}}\fi\ignorespaces}
+\newcount\@tempcntc
+\def\@citex[#1]#2{\if at filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{#2}}\fi
+ \@tempcnta\z@\@tempcntb\m at ne\def\@citea{}\@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do
+ {\@ifundefined
+ {b@\@citeb}{\@citeo\@tempcntb\m at ne\@citea\def\@citea{,}{\bfseries
+ ?}\@warning
+ {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%
+ {\setbox\z@\hbox{\global\@tempcntc0\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname\relax}%
+ \ifnum\@tempcntc=\z@ \@citeo\@tempcntb\m at ne
+ \@citea\def\@citea{,}\hbox{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}%
+ \else
+ \advance\@tempcntb\@ne
+ \ifnum\@tempcntb=\@tempcntc
+ \else\advance\@tempcntb\m at ne\@citeo
+ \@tempcnta\@tempcntc\@tempcntb\@tempcntc\fi\fi}}\@citeo}{#1}}
+\def\@citeo{\ifnum\@tempcnta>\@tempcntb\else
+ \@citea\def\@citea{,\,\hskip\z at skip}%
+ \ifnum\@tempcnta=\@tempcntb\the\@tempcnta\else
+ {\advance\@tempcnta\@ne\ifnum\@tempcnta=\@tempcntb \else
+ \def\@citea{--}\fi
+ \advance\@tempcnta\m at ne\the\@tempcnta\@citea\the\@tempcntb}\fi\fi}
+\else
+\renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1]
+ {\section*{\refname}
+ \small
+ \list{}%
+ {\settowidth\labelwidth{}%
+ \leftmargin\parindent
+ \itemindent=-\parindent
+ \labelsep=\z@
+ \if at openbib
+ \advance\leftmargin\bibindent
+ \itemindent -\bibindent
+ \listparindent \itemindent
+ \parsep \z@
+ \fi
+ \usecounter{enumiv}%
+ \let\p at enumiv\@empty
+ \renewcommand\theenumiv{}}%
+ \if at openbib
+ \renewcommand\newblock{\par}%
+ \else
+ \renewcommand\newblock{\hskip .11em \@plus.33em \@minus.07em}%
+ \fi
+ \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000%
+ \sfcode`\.=\@m}
+ {\def\@noitemerr
+ {\@latex at warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}}%
+ \endlist}
+ \def\@cite#1{#1}%
+ \def\@lbibitem[#1]#2{\item[]\if at filesw
+ {\def\protect##1{\string ##1\space}\immediate
+ \write\@auxout{\string\bibcite{#2}{#1}}}\fi\ignorespaces}
+ \fi
+\else
+\@cons\@openbib at code{\noexpand\small}
+\fi
+
+\def\idxquad{\hskip 10\p@}% space that divides entry from number
+
+\def\@idxitem{\par\hangindent 10\p@}
+
+\def\subitem{\par\setbox0=\hbox{--\enspace}% second order
+ \noindent\hangindent\wd0\box0}% index entry
+
+\def\subsubitem{\par\setbox0=\hbox{--\,--\enspace}% third
+ \noindent\hangindent\wd0\box0}% order index entry
+
+\def\indexspace{\par \vskip 10\p@ plus5\p@ minus3\p@\relax}
+
+\renewenvironment{theindex}
+ {\@mkboth{\indexname}{\indexname}%
+ \thispagestyle{empty}\parindent\z@
+ \parskip\z@ \@plus .3\p@\relax
+ \let\item\par
+ \def\,{\relax\ifmmode\mskip\thinmuskip
+ \else\hskip0.2em\ignorespaces\fi}%
+ \normalfont\small
+ \begin{multicols}{2}[\@makeschapterhead{\indexname}]%
+ }
+ {\end{multicols}}
+
+\renewcommand\footnoterule{%
+ \kern-3\p@
+ \hrule\@width 2truecm
+ \kern2.6\p@}
+ \newdimen\fnindent
+ \fnindent1em
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{%
+ \parindent \fnindent%
+ \leftskip \fnindent%
+ \noindent
+ \llap{\hb at xt@1em{\hss\@makefnmark\ }}\ignorespaces#1}
+
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%
+ \small
+ \vskip\abovecaptionskip
+ \sbox\@tempboxa{{\bfseries #1.} #2}%
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize
+ {\bfseries #1.} #2\par
+ \else
+ \global \@minipagefalse
+ \hb at xt@\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+ \fi
+ \vskip\belowcaptionskip}
+
+\def\fps at figure{htbp}
+\def\fnum at figure{\figurename\thinspace\thefigure}
+\def \@floatboxreset {%
+ \reset at font
+ \small
+ \@setnobreak
+ \@setminipage
+}
+\def\fps at table{htbp}
+\def\fnum at table{\tablename~\thetable}
+\renewenvironment{table}
+ {\setlength\abovecaptionskip{0\p@}%
+ \setlength\belowcaptionskip{10\p@}%
+ \@float{table}}
+ {\end at float}
+\renewenvironment{table*}
+ {\setlength\abovecaptionskip{0\p@}%
+ \setlength\belowcaptionskip{10\p@}%
+ \@dblfloat{table}}
+ {\end at dblfloat}
+
+\long\def\@caption#1[#2]#3{\par\addcontentsline{\csname
+ ext@#1\endcsname}{#1}{\protect\numberline{\csname
+ the#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #2}}\begingroup
+ \@parboxrestore
+ \@makecaption{\csname fnum@#1\endcsname}{\ignorespaces #3}\par
+ \endgroup}
+
+% LaTeX does not provide a command to enter the authors institute
+% addresses. The \institute command is defined here.
+
+\newcounter{@inst}
+\newcounter{@auth}
+\newcounter{auco}
+\newdimen\instindent
+\newbox\authrun
+\newtoks\authorrunning
+\newtoks\tocauthor
+\newbox\titrun
+\newtoks\titlerunning
+\newtoks\toctitle
+
+\def\clearheadinfo{\gdef\@author{No Author Given}%
+ \gdef\@title{No Title Given}%
+ \gdef\@subtitle{}%
+ \gdef\@institute{No Institute Given}%
+ \gdef\@thanks{}%
+ \global\titlerunning={}\global\authorrunning={}%
+ \global\toctitle={}\global\tocauthor={}}
+
+\def\institute#1{\gdef\@institute{#1}}
+
+\def\institutename{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \parskip=\z@
+ \parindent=\z@
+ \setcounter{@inst}{1}%
+ \def\and{\par\stepcounter{@inst}%
+ \noindent$^{\the at inst}$\enspace\ignorespaces}%
+ \setbox0=\vbox{\def\thanks##1{}\@institute}%
+ \ifnum\c@@inst=1\relax
+ \gdef\fnnstart{0}%
+ \else
+ \xdef\fnnstart{\c@@inst}%
+ \setcounter{@inst}{1}%
+ \noindent$^{\the at inst}$\enspace
+ \fi
+ \ignorespaces
+ \@institute\par
+ \endgroup}
+
+\def\@fnsymbol#1{\ensuremath{\ifcase#1\or\star\or{\star\star}\or
+ {\star\star\star}\or \dagger\or \ddagger\or
+ \mathchar "278\or \mathchar "27B\or \|\or **\or \dagger\dagger
+ \or \ddagger\ddagger \else\@ctrerr\fi}}
+
+\def\inst#1{\unskip$^{#1}$}
+\def\fnmsep{\unskip$^,$}
+\def\email#1{{\tt#1}}
+\AtBeginDocument{\@ifundefined{url}{\def\url#1{#1}}{}%
+\@ifpackageloaded{babel}{%
+\@ifundefined{extrasenglish}{}{\addto\extrasenglish{\switcht at albion}}%
+\@ifundefined{extrasfrenchb}{}{\addto\extrasfrenchb{\switcht at francais}}%
+\@ifundefined{extrasgerman}{}{\addto\extrasgerman{\switcht at deutsch}}%
+\@ifundefined{extrasngerman}{}{\addto\extrasngerman{\switcht at deutsch}}%
+}{\switcht@@therlang}%
+\providecommand{\keywords}[1]{\par\addvspace\baselineskip
+\noindent\keywordname\enspace\ignorespaces#1}%
+}
+\def\homedir{\~{ }}
+
+\def\subtitle#1{\gdef\@subtitle{#1}}
+\clearheadinfo
+%
+%%% to avoid hyperref warnings
+\providecommand*{\toclevel at author}{999}
+%%% to make title-entry parent of section-entries
+\providecommand*{\toclevel at title}{0}
+%
+\renewcommand\maketitle{\newpage
+\phantomsection
+ \refstepcounter{chapter}%
+ \stepcounter{section}%
+ \setcounter{section}{0}%
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}%
+ \setcounter{figure}{0}
+ \setcounter{table}{0}
+ \setcounter{equation}{0}
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}%
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent=\z@
+ \renewcommand\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c at footnote}%
+ \if at twocolumn
+ \ifnum \col at number=\@ne
+ \@maketitle
+ \else
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \newpage
+ \global\@topnum\z@ % Prevents figures from going at top of page.
+ \@maketitle
+ \fi
+ \thispagestyle{empty}\@thanks
+%
+ \def\\{\unskip\ \ignorespaces}\def\inst##1{\unskip{}}%
+ \def\thanks##1{\unskip{}}\def\fnmsep{\unskip}%
+ \instindent=\hsize
+ \advance\instindent by-\headlineindent
+ \if!\the\toctitle!\addcontentsline{toc}{title}{\@title}\else
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{title}{\the\toctitle}\fi
+ \if at runhead
+ \if!\the\titlerunning!\else
+ \edef\@title{\the\titlerunning}%
+ \fi
+ \global\setbox\titrun=\hbox{\small\rm\unboldmath\ignorespaces\@title}%
+ \ifdim\wd\titrun>\instindent
+ \typeout{Title too long for running head. Please supply}%
+ \typeout{a shorter form with \string\titlerunning\space prior to
+ \string\maketitle}%
+ \global\setbox\titrun=\hbox{\small\rm
+ Title Suppressed Due to Excessive Length}%
+ \fi
+ \xdef\@title{\copy\titrun}%
+ \fi
+%
+ \if!\the\tocauthor!\relax
+ {\def\and{\noexpand\protect\noexpand\and}%
+ \protected at xdef\toc at uthor{\@author}}%
+ \else
+ \def\\{\noexpand\protect\noexpand\newline}%
+ \protected at xdef\scratch{\the\tocauthor}%
+ \protected at xdef\toc at uthor{\scratch}%
+ \fi
+ \addtocontents{toc}{\noexpand\protect\noexpand\authcount{\the\c at auco}}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{author}{\toc at uthor}%
+ \if at runhead
+ \if!\the\authorrunning!
+ \value{@inst}=\value{@auth}%
+ \setcounter{@auth}{1}%
+ \else
+ \edef\@author{\the\authorrunning}%
+ \fi
+ \global\setbox\authrun=\hbox{\small\unboldmath\@author\unskip}%
+ \ifdim\wd\authrun>\instindent
+ \typeout{Names of authors too long for running head. Please supply}%
+ \typeout{a shorter form with \string\authorrunning\space prior to
+ \string\maketitle}%
+ \global\setbox\authrun=\hbox{\small\rm
+ Authors Suppressed Due to Excessive Length}%
+ \fi
+ \xdef\@author{\copy\authrun}%
+ \markboth{\@author}{\@title}%
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{\fnnstart}%
+ \clearheadinfo}
+%
+\def\@maketitle{\newpage
+ \markboth{}{}%
+ \def\lastand{\ifnum\value{@inst}=2\relax
+ \unskip{} \andname\
+ \else
+ \unskip \lastandname\
+ \fi}%
+ \def\and{\stepcounter{@auth}\relax
+ \ifnum\value{@auth}=\value{@inst}%
+ \lastand
+ \else
+ \unskip,
+ \fi}%
+ \begin{center}%
+ \let\newline\\
+ {\Large \bfseries\boldmath
+ \pretolerance=10000
+ \@title \par}\vskip .8cm
+\if!\@subtitle!\else {\large \bfseries\boldmath
+ \vskip -.65cm
+ \pretolerance=10000
+ \@subtitle \par}\vskip .8cm\fi
+ \setbox0=\vbox{\setcounter{@auth}{1}\def\and{\stepcounter{@auth}}%
+ \def\thanks##1{}\@author}%
+ \global\value{@inst}=\value{@auth}%
+ \global\value{auco}=\value{@auth}%
+ \setcounter{@auth}{1}%
+{\lineskip .5em
+\noindent\ignorespaces
+\@author\vskip.35cm}
+ {\small\institutename}
+ \end{center}%
+ }
+
+% definition of the "\spnewtheorem" command.
+%
+% Usage:
+%
+% \spnewtheorem{env_nam}{caption}[within]{cap_font}{body_font}
+% or \spnewtheorem{env_nam}[numbered_like]{caption}{cap_font}{body_font}
+% or \spnewtheorem*{env_nam}{caption}{cap_font}{body_font}
+%
+% New is "cap_font" and "body_font". It stands for
+% fontdefinition of the caption and the text itself.
+%
+% "\spnewtheorem*" gives a theorem without number.
+%
+% A defined spnewthoerem environment is used as described
+% by Lamport.
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\def\@thmcountersep{}
+\def\@thmcounterend{.}
+
+\def\spnewtheorem{\@ifstar{\@sthm}{\@Sthm}}
+
+% definition of \spnewtheorem with number
+
+\def\@spnthm#1#2{%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\@spxnthm{#1}{#2}}{\@spynthm{#1}{#2}}}
+\def\@Sthm#1{\@ifnextchar[{\@spothm{#1}}{\@spnthm{#1}}}
+
+\def\@spxnthm#1#2[#3]#4#5{\expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname
+ {\@definecounter{#1}\@addtoreset{#1}{#3}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname the#1\endcsname{\expandafter\noexpand
+ \csname the#3\endcsname \noexpand\@thmcountersep \@thmcounter{#1}}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname #1name\endcsname{#2}%
+ \global\@namedef{#1}{\@spthm{#1}{\csname #1name\endcsname}{#4}{#5}}%
+ \global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}}
+
+\def\@spynthm#1#2#3#4{\expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname
+ {\@definecounter{#1}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname the#1\endcsname{\@thmcounter{#1}}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname #1name\endcsname{#2}%
+ \global\@namedef{#1}{\@spthm{#1}{\csname #1name\endcsname}{#3}{#4}}%
+ \global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}}
+
+\def\@spothm#1[#2]#3#4#5{%
+ \@ifundefined{c@#2}{\@latexerr{No theorem environment `#2' defined}\@eha}%
+ {\expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname
+ {\newaliascnt{#1}{#2}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname #1name\endcsname{#3}%
+ \global\@namedef{#1}{\@spthm{#1}{\csname #1name\endcsname}{#4}{#5}}%
+ \global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}}}
+
+\def\@spthm#1#2#3#4{\topsep 7\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus4\p@
+\refstepcounter{#1}%
+\@ifnextchar[{\@spythm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}{\@spxthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}}
+
+\def\@spxthm#1#2#3#4{\@spbegintheorem{#2}{\csname the#1\endcsname}{#3}{#4}%
+ \ignorespaces}
+
+\def\@spythm#1#2#3#4[#5]{\@spopargbegintheorem{#2}{\csname
+ the#1\endcsname}{#5}{#3}{#4}\ignorespaces}
+
+\def\@spbegintheorem#1#2#3#4{\trivlist
+ \item[\hskip\labelsep{#3#1\ #2\@thmcounterend}]#4}
+
+\def\@spopargbegintheorem#1#2#3#4#5{\trivlist
+ \item[\hskip\labelsep{#4#1\ #2}]{#4(#3)\@thmcounterend\ }#5}
+
+% definition of \spnewtheorem* without number
+
+\def\@sthm#1#2{\@Ynthm{#1}{#2}}
+
+\def\@Ynthm#1#2#3#4{\expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname
+ {\global\@namedef{#1}{\@Thm{\csname #1name\endcsname}{#3}{#4}}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname #1name\endcsname{#2}%
+ \global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}}
+
+\def\@Thm#1#2#3{\topsep 7\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus4\p@
+\@ifnextchar[{\@Ythm{#1}{#2}{#3}}{\@Xthm{#1}{#2}{#3}}}
+
+\def\@Xthm#1#2#3{\@Begintheorem{#1}{#2}{#3}\ignorespaces}
+
+\def\@Ythm#1#2#3[#4]{\@Opargbegintheorem{#1}
+ {#4}{#2}{#3}\ignorespaces}
+
+\def\@Begintheorem#1#2#3{#3\trivlist
+ \item[\hskip\labelsep{#2#1\@thmcounterend}]}
+
+\def\@Opargbegintheorem#1#2#3#4{#4\trivlist
+ \item[\hskip\labelsep{#3#1}]{#3(#2)\@thmcounterend\ }}
+
+\if at envcntsect
+ \def\@thmcountersep{.}
+ \spnewtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}[section]{\bfseries}{\itshape}
+\else
+ \spnewtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}{\bfseries}{\itshape}
+ \if at envcntreset
+ \@addtoreset{theorem}{section}
+ \else
+ \@addtoreset{theorem}{chapter}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
+%definition of divers theorem environments
+\spnewtheorem*{claim}{Claim}{\itshape}{\rmfamily}
+\spnewtheorem*{proof}{Proof}{\itshape}{\rmfamily}
+\if at envcntsame % alle Umgebungen wie Theorem.
+ \def\spn at wtheorem#1#2#3#4{\@spothm{#1}[theorem]{#2}{#3}{#4}}
+\else % alle Umgebungen mit eigenem Zaehler
+ \if at envcntsect % mit section numeriert
+ \def\spn at wtheorem#1#2#3#4{\@spxnthm{#1}{#2}[section]{#3}{#4}}
+ \else % nicht mit section numeriert
+ \if at envcntreset
+ \def\spn at wtheorem#1#2#3#4{\@spynthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}
+ \@addtoreset{#1}{section}}
+ \else
+ \def\spn at wtheorem#1#2#3#4{\@spynthm{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}
+ \@addtoreset{#1}{chapter}}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+\fi
+\spn at wtheorem{case}{Case}{\itshape}{\rmfamily}
+\spn at wtheorem{conjecture}{Conjecture}{\itshape}{\rmfamily}
+\spn at wtheorem{corollary}{Corollary}{\bfseries}{\itshape}
+\spn at wtheorem{definition}{Definition}{\bfseries}{\itshape}
+\spn at wtheorem{example}{Example}{\itshape}{\rmfamily}
+\spn at wtheorem{exercise}{Exercise}{\itshape}{\rmfamily}
+\spn at wtheorem{lemma}{Lemma}{\bfseries}{\itshape}
+\spn at wtheorem{note}{Note}{\itshape}{\rmfamily}
+\spn at wtheorem{problem}{Problem}{\itshape}{\rmfamily}
+\spn at wtheorem{property}{Property}{\itshape}{\rmfamily}
+\spn at wtheorem{proposition}{Proposition}{\bfseries}{\itshape}
+\spn at wtheorem{question}{Question}{\itshape}{\rmfamily}
+\spn at wtheorem{solution}{Solution}{\itshape}{\rmfamily}
+\spn at wtheorem{remark}{Remark}{\itshape}{\rmfamily}
+
+\def\@takefromreset#1#2{%
+ \def\@tempa{#1}%
+ \let\@tempd\@elt
+ \def\@elt##1{%
+ \def\@tempb{##1}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@tempb\else
+ \@addtoreset{##1}{#2}%
+ \fi}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempc\csname cl@#2\endcsname
+ \expandafter\def\csname cl@#2\endcsname{}%
+ \@tempc
+ \let\@elt\@tempd}
+
+\def\theopargself{\def\@spopargbegintheorem##1##2##3##4##5{\trivlist
+ \item[\hskip\labelsep{##4##1\ ##2}]{##4##3\@thmcounterend\ }##5}
+ \def\@Opargbegintheorem##1##2##3##4{##4\trivlist
+ \item[\hskip\labelsep{##3##1}]{##3##2\@thmcounterend\ }}
+ }
+
+\renewenvironment{abstract}{%
+ \list{}{\advance\topsep by0.35cm\relax\small
+ \leftmargin=1cm
+ \labelwidth=\z@
+ \listparindent=\z@
+ \itemindent\listparindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[\hskip\labelsep
+ \bfseries\abstractname]}
+ {\endlist}
+
+\newdimen\headlineindent % dimension for space between
+\headlineindent=1.166cm % number and text of headings.
+
+\def\ps at headings{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \let\@oddfoot\@empty\let\@evenfoot\@empty
+ \def\@evenhead{\normalfont\small\rlap{\thepage}\hspace{\headlineindent}%
+ \leftmark\hfil}
+ \def\@oddhead{\normalfont\small\hfil\rightmark\hspace{\headlineindent}%
+ \llap{\thepage}}
+ \def\chaptermark##1{}%
+ \def\sectionmark##1{}%
+ \def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+
+\def\ps at titlepage{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \let\@oddfoot\@empty\let\@evenfoot\@empty
+ \def\@evenhead{\normalfont\small\rlap{\thepage}\hspace{\headlineindent}%
+ \hfil}
+ \def\@oddhead{\normalfont\small\hfil\hspace{\headlineindent}%
+ \llap{\thepage}}
+ \def\chaptermark##1{}%
+ \def\sectionmark##1{}%
+ \def\subsectionmark##1{}}
+
+\if at runhead\ps at headings\else
+\ps at empty\fi
+
+\setlength\arraycolsep{1.4\p@}
+\setlength\tabcolsep{1.4\p@}
+
+\endinput
+%end of file llncs.cls
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/llncs/llncs.cls
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/llncs/test.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/llncs/test.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/llncs/test.tex 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+\documentclass{llncs}
+\usepackage{../../apxproof}
+\input{../common}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/llncs/test.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/scrartcl/test.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/scrartcl/test.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/scrartcl/test.tex 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+\documentclass{scrartcl}
+\usepackage{../../apxproof}
+\input{../common}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/scrartcl/test.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/sig-alternate/sig-alternate.cls
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/sig-alternate/sig-alternate.cls (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/sig-alternate/sig-alternate.cls 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -0,0 +1,1649 @@
+% SIG-ALTERNATE.CLS - VERSION 2.5
+% "COMPATIBLE" WITH THE "ACM_PROC_ARTICLE-SP.CLS" V3.2SP
+% Gerald Murray - May 23rd 2012
+%
+% ---- Start of 'updates' ----
+% Changed $10 fee to $15 -- May 2012 -- Gerry
+% Changed $5 fee to $10 -- April 2009 -- Gerry
+% April 22nd. 2009 - Fixed 'Natbib' incompatibility problem - Gerry
+% April 22nd. 2009 - Fixed 'Babel' incompatibility problem - Gerry
+% April 22nd. 2009 - Inserted various bug-fixes and improvements - Gerry
+%
+% To produce Type 1 fonts in the document plus allow for 'normal LaTeX accenting' in the critical areas;
+% title, author block, section-heads, confname, etc. etc.
+% i.e. the whole purpose of this version update is to NOT resort to 'inelegant accent patches'.
+% After much research, three extra .sty packages were added to the the tail (ae, aecompl, aeguill) to solve,
+% in particular, the accenting problem(s). We _could_ ask authors (via instructions/sample file) to 'include' these in
+% the source .tex file - in the preamble - but if everything is already provided ('behind the scenes' - embedded IN the .cls)
+% then this is less work for authors and also makes everything appear 'vanilla'.
+% NOTE: all 'patchwork accenting" has been commented out (here) and is no longer 'used' in the sample .tex file (either).
+% Gerry June 2007
+%
+% Patch for accenting in conference name/location. Gerry May 3rd. 2007
+% Rule widths changed to .5, author count (>6) fixed, roll-back for Type 3 problem. Gerry March 20th. 2007
+% Changes made to 'modernize' the fontnames but esp. for MikTeX users V2.4/2.5 - Nov. 30th. 2006
+% Updated the \email definition to allow for its use inside of 'shared affiliations' - Nov. 30th. 2006
+% Fixed the 'section number depth value' - Nov. 30th. 2006
+%
+% Footnotes inside table cells using \minipage (Oct. 2002)
+% Georgia fixed bug in sub-sub-section numbering in paragraphs (July 29th. 2002)
+% JS/GM fix to vertical spacing before Proofs (July 30th. 2002)
+%
+% Made the Permission Statement / Conference Info / Copyright Info
+% 'user definable' in the source .tex file OR automatic if
+% not specified.
+%
+% Allowance made to switch default fonts between those systems using
+% normal/modern font names and those using 'Type 1' or 'Truetype' fonts.
+% See LINE NUMBER 255 for details.
+% Also provided for enumerated/annotated Corollaries 'surrounded' by
+% enumerated Theorems (line 848).
+% Gerry November 11th. 1999
+%
+% ---- End of 'updates' ----
+%
+\def\fileversion{v2.5} % for ACM's tracking purposes
+\def\filedate{May 23, 2012} % Gerry Murray's tracking data
+\def\docdate {Wednesday 23rd. May 2012} % Gerry Murray (with deltas to doc}
+\usepackage{epsfig}
+\usepackage{amssymb}
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\usepackage{amsfonts}
+% Need this for accents in Arial/Helvetica
+%\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % Gerry March 12, 2007 - causes Type 3 problems (body text)
+%\usepackage{textcomp}
+%
+% SIG-ALTERNATE DOCUMENT STYLE
+% G.K.M. Tobin August-October 1999
+% adapted from ARTICLE document style by Ken Traub, Olin Shivers
+% also using elements of esub2acm.cls
+% HEAVILY MODIFIED, SUBSEQUENTLY, BY GERRY MURRAY 2000
+% ARTICLE DOCUMENT STYLE -- Released 16 March 1988
+% for LaTeX version 2.09
+% Copyright (C) 1988 by Leslie Lamport
+%
+%
+%%% sig-alternate.cls is an 'ALTERNATE' document style for producing
+%%% two-column camera-ready pages for ACM conferences.
+%%% THIS FILE DOES NOT STRICTLY ADHERE TO THE SIGS (BOARD-ENDORSED)
+%%% PROCEEDINGS STYLE. It has been designed to produce a 'tighter'
+%%% paper in response to concerns over page budgets.
+%%% The main features of this style are:
+%%%
+%%% 1) Two columns.
+%%% 2) Side and top margins of 4.5pc, bottom margin of 6pc, column gutter of
+%%% 2pc, hence columns are 20pc wide and 55.5pc tall. (6pc =3D 1in, approx)
+%%% 3) First page has title information, and an extra 6pc of space at the
+%%% bottom of the first column for the ACM copyright notice.
+%%% 4) Text is 9pt on 10pt baselines; titles (except main) are 9pt bold.
+%%%
+%%%
+%%% There are a few restrictions you must observe:
+%%%
+%%% 1) You cannot change the font size; ACM wants you to use 9pt.
+%%% 3) You must start your paper with the \maketitle command. Prior to the
+%%% \maketitle you must have \title and \author commands. If you have a
+%%% \date command it will be ignored; no date appears on the paper, since
+%%% the proceedings will have a date on the front cover.
+%%% 4) Marginal paragraphs, tables of contents, lists of figures and tables,
+%%% and page headings are all forbidden.
+%%% 5) The `figure' environment will produce a figure one column wide; if you
+%%% want one that is two columns wide, use `figure*'.
+%%%
+%
+%%% Copyright Space:
+%%% This style automatically reserves 1" blank space at the bottom of page 1/
+%%% column 1. This space can optionally be filled with some text using the
+%%% \toappear{...} command. If used, this command must be BEFORE the \maketitle
+%%% command. If this command is defined AND [preprint] is on, then the
+%%% space is filled with the {...} text (at the bottom); otherwise, it is
+%%% blank. If you use \toappearbox{...} instead of \toappear{...} then a
+%%% box will be drawn around the text (if [preprint] is on).
+%%%
+%%% A typical usage looks like this:
+%%% \toappear{To appear in the Ninth AES Conference on Medievil Lithuanian
+%%% Embalming Technique, June 1991, Alfaretta, Georgia.}
+%%% This will be included in the preprint, and left out of the conference
+%%% version.
+%%%
+%%% WARNING:
+%%% Some dvi-ps converters heuristically allow chars to drift from their
+%%% true positions a few pixels. This may be noticeable with the 9pt sans-serif
+%%% bold font used for section headers.
+%%% You may turn this hackery off via the -e option:
+%%% dvips -e 0 foo.dvi >foo.ps
+%%%
+\typeout{Document Class 'sig-alternate' <23rd. May '12>. Modified by G.K.M. Tobin/Gerry Murray}
+\typeout{Based in part upon document Style `acmconf' <22 May 89>. Hacked 4/91 by}
+\typeout{shivers at cs.cmu.edu, 4/93 by theobald at cs.mcgill.ca}
+\typeout{Excerpts were taken from (Journal Style) 'esub2acm.cls'.}
+\typeout{****** Bugs/comments/suggestions/technicalities to Gerry Murray -- murray at hq.acm.org ******}
+\typeout{Questions on the style, SIGS policies, etc. to Adrienne Griscti griscti at acm.org}
+\oddsidemargin 4.5pc
+\evensidemargin 4.5pc
+\advance\oddsidemargin by -1in % Correct for LaTeX gratuitousness
+\advance\evensidemargin by -1in % Correct for LaTeX gratuitousness
+\marginparwidth 0pt % Margin pars are not allowed.
+\marginparsep 11pt % Horizontal space between outer margin and
+ % marginal note
+
+ % Top of page:
+\topmargin 4.5pc % Nominal distance from top of page to top of
+ % box containing running head.
+\advance\topmargin by -1in % Correct for LaTeX gratuitousness
+\headheight 0pt % Height of box containing running head.
+\headsep 0pt % Space between running head and text.
+ % Bottom of page:
+\footskip 30pt % Distance from baseline of box containing foot
+ % to baseline of last line of text.
+\@ifundefined{footheight}{\newdimen\footheight}{}% this is for LaTeX2e
+\footheight 12pt % Height of box containing running foot.
+
+%% Must redefine the top margin so there's room for headers and
+%% page numbers if you are using the preprint option. Footers
+%% are OK as is. Olin.
+\advance\topmargin by -37pt % Leave 37pt above text for headers
+\headheight 12pt % Height of box containing running head.
+\headsep 25pt % Space between running head and text.
+
+\textheight 666pt % 9 1/4 column height
+\textwidth 42pc % Width of text line.
+ % For two-column mode:
+\columnsep 2pc % Space between columns
+\columnseprule 0pt % Width of rule between columns.
+\hfuzz 1pt % Allow some variation in column width, otherwise it's
+ % too hard to typeset in narrow columns.
+
+\footnotesep 5.6pt % Height of strut placed at the beginning of every
+ % footnote =3D height of normal \footnotesize strut,
+ % so no extra space between footnotes.
+
+\skip\footins 8.1pt plus 4pt minus 2pt % Space between last line of text and
+ % top of first footnote.
+\floatsep 11pt plus 2pt minus 2pt % Space between adjacent floats moved
+ % to top or bottom of text page.
+\textfloatsep 18pt plus 2pt minus 4pt % Space between main text and floats
+ % at top or bottom of page.
+\intextsep 11pt plus 2pt minus 2pt % Space between in-text figures and
+ % text.
+\@ifundefined{@maxsep}{\newdimen\@maxsep}{}% this is for LaTeX2e
+\@maxsep 18pt % The maximum of \floatsep,
+ % \textfloatsep and \intextsep (minus
+ % the stretch and shrink).
+\dblfloatsep 11pt plus 2pt minus 2pt % Same as \floatsep for double-column
+ % figures in two-column mode.
+\dbltextfloatsep 18pt plus 2pt minus 4pt% \textfloatsep for double-column
+ % floats.
+\@ifundefined{@dblmaxsep}{\newdimen\@dblmaxsep}{}% this is for LaTeX2e
+\@dblmaxsep 18pt % The maximum of \dblfloatsep and
+ % \dbltexfloatsep.
+\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil % Stretch at top of float page/column. (Must be
+ % 0pt plus ...)
+\@fpsep 8pt plus 2fil % Space between floats on float page/column.
+\@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil % Stretch at bottom of float page/column. (Must be
+ % 0pt plus ... )
+\@dblfptop 0pt plus 1fil % Stretch at top of float page. (Must be 0pt plus ...)
+\@dblfpsep 8pt plus 2fil % Space between floats on float page.
+\@dblfpbot 0pt plus 1fil % Stretch at bottom of float page. (Must be
+ % 0pt plus ... )
+\marginparpush 5pt % Minimum vertical separation between two marginal
+ % notes.
+
+\parskip 0pt plus 1pt % Extra vertical space between paragraphs.
+\parindent 9pt % GM July 2000 / was 0pt - width of paragraph indentation.
+\partopsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt% Extra vertical space, in addition to
+ % \parskip and \topsep, added when user
+ % leaves blank line before environment.
+
+\@lowpenalty 51 % Produced by \nopagebreak[1] or \nolinebreak[1]
+\@medpenalty 151 % Produced by \nopagebreak[2] or \nolinebreak[2]
+\@highpenalty 301 % Produced by \nopagebreak[3] or \nolinebreak[3]
+
+\@beginparpenalty -\@lowpenalty % Before a list or paragraph environment.
+\@endparpenalty -\@lowpenalty % After a list or paragraph environment.
+\@itempenalty -\@lowpenalty % Between list items.
+
+%\@namedef{ds at 10pt}{\@latexerr{The `10pt' option is not allowed in the `acmconf'
+\@namedef{ds at 10pt}{\ClassError{The `10pt' option is not allowed in the `acmconf' % January 2008
+ document style.}\@eha}
+%\@namedef{ds at 11pt}{\@latexerr{The `11pt' option is not allowed in the `acmconf'
+\@namedef{ds at 11pt}{\ClassError{The `11pt' option is not allowed in the `acmconf' % January 2008
+ document style.}\@eha}
+%\@namedef{ds at 12pt}{\@latexerr{The `12pt' option is not allowed in the `acmconf'
+\@namedef{ds at 12pt}{\ClassError{The `12pt' option is not allowed in the `acmconf' % January 2008
+ document style.}\@eha}
+
+\@options
+
+\lineskip 2pt % \lineskip is 1pt for all font sizes.
+\normallineskip 2pt
+\def\baselinestretch{1}
+
+\abovedisplayskip 9pt plus2pt minus4.5pt%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus3pt%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 5.4pt plus3pt minus3pt%
+\let\@listi\@listI % Setting of \@listi added 9 Jun 87
+
+\def\small{\@setsize\small{9pt}\viiipt\@viiipt
+\abovedisplayskip 7.6pt plus 3pt minus 4pt%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus2pt%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 3.6pt plus2pt minus 2pt
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini %% Added 22 Dec 87
+\topsep 4pt plus 2pt minus 2pt\parsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+
+\def\footnotesize{\@setsize\footnotesize{9pt}\ixpt\@ixpt
+\abovedisplayskip 6.4pt plus 2pt minus 4pt%
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+\abovedisplayshortskip \z@ plus 1pt%
+\belowdisplayshortskip 2.7pt plus 1pt minus 2pt
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini %% Added 22 Dec 87
+\topsep 3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt\parsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt
+\itemsep \parsep}}
+
+\newcount\aucount
+\newcount\originalaucount
+\newdimen\auwidth
+\auwidth=\textwidth
+\newdimen\auskip
+\newcount\auskipcount
+\newdimen\auskip
+\global\auskip=1pc
+\newdimen\allauboxes
+\allauboxes=\auwidth
+\newtoks\addauthors
+\newcount\addauflag
+\global\addauflag=0 %Haven't shown additional authors yet
+
+\newtoks\subtitletext
+\gdef\subtitle#1{\subtitletext={#1}}
+
+\gdef\additionalauthors#1{\addauthors={#1}}
+
+\gdef\numberofauthors#1{\global\aucount=#1
+\ifnum\aucount>3\global\originalaucount=\aucount \global\aucount=3\fi %g} % 3 OK - Gerry March 2007
+\global\auskipcount=\aucount\global\advance\auskipcount by 1
+\global\multiply\auskipcount by 2
+\global\multiply\auskip by \auskipcount
+\global\advance\auwidth by -\auskip
+\global\divide\auwidth by \aucount}
+
+% \and was modified to count the number of authors. GKMT 12 Aug 1999
+\def\alignauthor{% % \begin{tabular}
+\end{tabular}%
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{p{\auwidth}}\centering}%
+
+% *** NOTE *** NOTE *** NOTE *** NOTE ***
+% If you have 'font problems' then you may need
+% to change these, e.g. 'arialb' instead of "arialbd".
+% Gerry Murray 11/11/1999
+% *** OR ** comment out block A and activate block B or vice versa.
+% **********************************************
+%
+% -- Start of block A -- (Type 1 or Truetype fonts)
+%\newfont{\secfnt}{timesbd at 12pt} % was timenrb originally - now is timesbd
+%\newfont{\secit}{timesbi at 12pt} %13 Jan 00 gkmt
+%\newfont{\subsecfnt}{timesi at 11pt} % was timenrri originally - now is timesi
+%\newfont{\subsecit}{timesbi at 11pt} % 13 Jan 00 gkmt -- was times changed to timesbi gm 2/4/2000
+% % because "normal" is italic, "italic" is Roman
+%\newfont{\ttlfnt}{arialbd at 18pt} % was arialb originally - now is arialbd
+%\newfont{\ttlit}{arialbi at 18pt} % 13 Jan 00 gkmt
+%\newfont{\subttlfnt}{arial at 14pt} % was arialr originally - now is arial
+%\newfont{\subttlit}{ariali at 14pt} % 13 Jan 00 gkmt
+%\newfont{\subttlbf}{arialbd at 14pt} % 13 Jan 00 gkmt
+%\newfont{\aufnt}{arial at 12pt} % was arialr originally - now is arial
+%\newfont{\auit}{ariali at 12pt} % 13 Jan 00 gkmt
+%\newfont{\affaddr}{arial at 10pt} % was arialr originally - now is arial
+%\newfont{\affaddrit}{ariali at 10pt} %13 Jan 00 gkmt
+%\newfont{\eaddfnt}{arial at 12pt} % was arialr originally - now is arial
+%\newfont{\ixpt}{times at 9pt} % was timenrr originally - now is times
+%\newfont{\confname}{timesi at 8pt} % was timenrri - now is timesi
+%\newfont{\crnotice}{times at 8pt} % was timenrr originally - now is times
+%\newfont{\ninept}{times at 9pt} % was timenrr originally - now is times
+
+% *********************************************
+% -- End of block A --
+%
+%
+% -- Start of block B -- UPDATED FONT NAMES
+% *********************************************
+% Gerry Murray 11/30/2006
+% *********************************************
+\newfont{\secfnt}{ptmb8t at 12pt}
+\newfont{\secit}{ptmbi8t at 12pt} %13 Jan 00 gkmt
+\newfont{\subsecfnt}{ptmri8t at 11pt}
+\newfont{\subsecit}{ptmbi8t at 11pt} %
+\newfont{\ttlfnt}{phvb8t at 18pt}
+\newfont{\ttlit}{phvbo8t at 18pt} % GM 2/4/2000
+\newfont{\subttlfnt}{phvr8t at 14pt}
+\newfont{\subttlit}{phvro8t at 14pt} % GM 2/4/2000
+\newfont{\subttlbf}{phvb8t at 14pt} % 13 Jan 00 gkmt
+\newfont{\aufnt}{phvr8t at 12pt}
+\newfont{\auit}{phvro8t at 12pt} % GM 2/4/2000
+\newfont{\affaddr}{phvr8t at 10pt}
+\newfont{\affaddrit}{phvro8t at 10pt} % GM 2/4/2000
+\newfont{\eaddfnt}{phvr8t at 12pt}
+\newfont{\ixpt}{ptmr8t at 9pt}
+\newfont{\confname}{ptmri8t at 8pt}
+\newfont{\crnotice}{ptmr8t at 8pt}
+\newfont{\ninept}{ptmr8t at 9pt}
+% +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+% -- End of block B --
+
+%\def\email#1{{{\eaddfnt{\vskip 4pt#1}}}}
+% If we have an email, inside a "shared affiliation" then we need the following instead
+\def\email#1{{{\eaddfnt{\par #1}}}} % revised - GM - 11/30/2006
+
+\def\addauthorsection{\ifnum\originalaucount>6 % was 3 - Gerry March 2007
+ \section{Additional Authors}\the\addauthors
+ \fi}
+
+\newcount\savesection
+\newcount\sectioncntr
+\global\sectioncntr=1
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
+
+\def\appendix{\par
+\section*{APPENDIX}
+\setcounter{section}{0}
+ \setcounter{subsection}{0}
+ \def\thesection{\Alph{section}} }
+
+\leftmargini 22.5pt
+\leftmarginii 19.8pt % > \labelsep + width of '(m)'
+\leftmarginiii 16.8pt % > \labelsep + width of 'vii.'
+\leftmarginiv 15.3pt % > \labelsep + width of 'M.'
+\leftmarginv 9pt
+\leftmarginvi 9pt
+
+\leftmargin\leftmargini
+\labelsep 4.5pt
+\labelwidth\leftmargini\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+
+\def\@listI{\leftmargin\leftmargini \parsep 3.6pt plus 2pt minus 1pt%
+\topsep 7.2pt plus 2pt minus 4pt%
+\itemsep 3.6pt plus 2pt minus 1pt}
+
+\let\@listi\@listI
+\@listi
+
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 3.6pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+ \parsep 1.8pt plus 0.9pt minus 0.9pt
+ \itemsep \parsep}
+
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 1.8pt plus 0.9pt minus 0.9pt
+ \parsep \z@ \partopsep 1pt plus 0pt minus 1pt
+ \itemsep \topsep}
+
+\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+
+\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginv\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+
+\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginvi\advance\labelwidth-\labelsep}
+
+\def\labelenumi{\theenumi.}
+\def\theenumi{\arabic{enumi}}
+
+\def\labelenumii{(\theenumii)}
+\def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}
+\def\p at enumii{\theenumi}
+
+\def\labelenumiii{\theenumiii.}
+\def\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}}
+\def\p at enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)}
+
+\def\labelenumiv{\theenumiv.}
+\def\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}}
+\def\p at enumiv{\p at enumiii\theenumiii}
+
+\def\labelitemi{$\bullet$}
+\def\labelitemii{\bf --}
+\def\labelitemiii{$\ast$}
+\def\labelitemiv{$\cdot$}
+
+\def\verse{\let\\=\@centercr
+ \list{}{\itemsep\z@ \itemindent -1.5em\listparindent \itemindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin\advance\leftmargin 1.5em}\item[]}
+\let\endverse\endlist
+
+\def\quotation{\list{}{\listparindent 1.5em
+ \itemindent\listparindent
+ \rightmargin\leftmargin \parsep 0pt plus 1pt}\item[]}
+\let\endquotation=\endlist
+
+\def\quote{\list{}{\rightmargin\leftmargin}\item[]}
+\let\endquote=\endlist
+
+\def\descriptionlabel#1{\hspace\labelsep \bf #1}
+\def\description{\list{}{\labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin
+ \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}}
+
+\let\enddescription\endlist
+
+\def\theequation{\arabic{equation}}
+
+\arraycolsep 4.5pt % Half the space between columns in an array environment.
+\tabcolsep 5.4pt % Half the space between columns in a tabular environment.
+\arrayrulewidth .5pt % Width of rules in array and tabular environment. % (was .4) updated Gerry March 20 2007
+\doublerulesep 1.8pt % Space between adjacent rules in array or tabular env.
+
+\tabbingsep \labelsep % Space used by the \' command. (See LaTeX manual.)
+
+\skip\@mpfootins =\skip\footins
+
+\fboxsep =2.7pt % Space left between box and text by \fbox and \framebox.
+\fboxrule =.5pt % Width of rules in box made by \fbox and \framebox. % (was .4) updated Gerry March 20 2007
+
+\def\thepart{\Roman{part}} % Roman numeral part numbers.
+\def\thesection {\arabic{section}}
+\def\thesubsection {\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}
+%\def\thesubsubsection {\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}} % GM 7/30/2002
+%\def\theparagraph {\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}} % GM 7/30/2002
+\def\thesubparagraph {\theparagraph.\arabic{subparagraph}}
+
+\def\@pnumwidth{1.55em}
+\def\@tocrmarg {2.55em}
+\def\@dotsep{4.5}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
+
+%\def\tableofcontents{\@latexerr{\tableofcontents: Tables of contents are not
+% allowed in the `acmconf' document style.}\@eha}
+
+\def\tableofcontents{\ClassError{%
+ \string\tableofcontents\space is not allowed in the `acmconf' document % January 2008
+ style}\@eha}
+
+\def\l at part#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}
+ \addvspace{2.25em plus 1pt} % space above part line
+ \begingroup
+ \@tempdima 3em % width of box holding part number, used by
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth %% \numberline
+ \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
+ {\large \bf % set line in \large boldface
+ \leavevmode % TeX command to enter horizontal mode.
+ #1\hfil \hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}}\par
+ \nobreak % Never break after part entry
+ \endgroup}
+
+\def\l at section#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty} % good place for page break
+ \addvspace{1.0em plus 1pt} % space above toc entry
+ \@tempdima 1.5em % width of box holding section number
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
+ \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
+ \bf % Boldface.
+ \leavevmode % TeX command to enter horizontal mode.
+ \advance\leftskip\@tempdima %% added 5 Feb 88 to conform to
+ \hskip -\leftskip %% 25 Jan 88 change to \numberline
+ #1\nobreak\hfil \nobreak\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par
+ \endgroup}
+
+
+\def\l at subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+\def\l at subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{3.8em}{3.2em}}
+\def\l at paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{7.0em}{4.1em}}
+\def\l at subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{10em}{5em}}
+
+%\def\listoffigures{\@latexerr{\listoffigures: Lists of figures are not
+% allowed in the `acmconf' document style.}\@eha}
+
+\def\listoffigures{\ClassError{%
+ \string\listoffigures\space is not allowed in the `acmconf' document % January 2008
+ style}\@eha}
+
+\def\l at figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.5em}{2.3em}}
+
+%\def\listoftables{\@latexerr{\listoftables: Lists of tables are not
+% allowed in the `acmconf' document style.}\@eha}
+%\let\l at table\l at figure
+
+\def\listoftables{\ClassError{%
+ \string\listoftables\space is not allowed in the `acmconf' document % January 2008
+ style}\@eha}
+ \let\l at table\l at figure
+
+\def\footnoterule{\kern-3\p@
+ \hrule width .5\columnwidth % (was .4) updated Gerry March 20 2007
+ \kern 2.6\p@} % The \hrule has default height of .4pt % (was .4) updated Gerry March 20 2007
+% ------
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\noindent
+%\hbox to .5em{\hss$^{\@thefnmark}$}#1} % original
+\hbox to .5em{\hss\textsuperscript{\@thefnmark}}#1} % C. Clifton / GM Oct. 2nd. 2002
+% -------
+
+\long\def\@maketntext#1{\noindent
+#1}
+
+\long\def\@maketitlenotetext#1#2{\noindent
+ \hbox to 1.8em{\hss$^{#1}$}#2}
+
+\setcounter{topnumber}{2}
+\def\topfraction{.7}
+\setcounter{bottomnumber}{1}
+\def\bottomfraction{.3}
+\setcounter{totalnumber}{3}
+\def\textfraction{.2}
+\def\floatpagefraction{.5}
+\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{2}
+\def\dbltopfraction{.7}
+\def\dblfloatpagefraction{.5}
+
+%
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{
+ \vskip \baselineskip
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\textbf{#1: #2}}
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize % IF longer than one line:
+ \textbf{#1: #2}\par % THEN set as ordinary paragraph.
+ \else % ELSE center.
+ \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}\par
+ \fi}
+
+%
+
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{
+ \vskip 10pt
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\textbf{#1: #2}}
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize % IF longer than one line:
+ \textbf{#1: #2}\par % THEN set as ordinary paragraph.
+ \else % ELSE center.
+ \hbox to\hsize{\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}
+ \fi}
+
+\@ifundefined{figure}{\newcounter {figure}} % this is for LaTeX2e
+
+\def\fps at figure{tbp}
+\def\ftype at figure{1}
+\def\ext at figure{lof}
+\def\fnum at figure{Figure \thefigure}
+\def\figure{\@float{figure}}
+%\let\endfigure\end at float
+\def\endfigure{\end at float} % Gerry January 2008
+\@namedef{figure*}{\@dblfloat{figure}}
+\@namedef{endfigure*}{\end at dblfloat}
+
+\@ifundefined{table}{\newcounter {table}} % this is for LaTeX2e
+
+\def\fps at table{tbp}
+\def\ftype at table{2}
+\def\ext at table{lot}
+\def\fnum at table{Table \thetable}
+\def\table{\@float{table}}
+%\let\endtable\end at float
+\def\endtable{\end at float} % Gerry January 2008
+\@namedef{table*}{\@dblfloat{table}}
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\end at dblfloat}
+
+\newtoks\titleboxnotes
+\newcount\titleboxnoteflag
+
+\def\maketitle{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \def\thefootnote{\fnsymbol{footnote}}
+ \def\@makefnmark{\hbox
+ to 0pt{$^{\@thefnmark}$\hss}}
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]
+\@thanks
+ \endgroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}
+ \let\maketitle\relax
+ \let\@maketitle\relax
+ \gdef\@thanks{}\gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}\gdef\@subtitle{}\let\thanks\relax
+ \@copyrightspace}
+
+%% CHANGES ON NEXT LINES
+\newif\if at ll % to record which version of LaTeX is in use
+
+\expandafter\ifx\csname LaTeXe\endcsname\relax % LaTeX2.09 is used
+\else% LaTeX2e is used, so set ll to true
+\global\@lltrue
+\fi
+
+\if at ll
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesClass{sig-alternate} [2012/05/23 - V2.5 - based on acmproc.cls V1.3 <Nov. 30 '99>]
+ \RequirePackage{latexsym}% QUERY: are these two really needed?
+ \let\dooptions\ProcessOptions
+\else
+ \let\dooptions\@options
+\fi
+%% END CHANGES
+
+\def\@height{height}
+\def\@width{width}
+\def\@minus{minus}
+\def\@plus{plus}
+\def\hb at xt@{\hbox to}
+\newif\if at faircopy
+\@faircopyfalse
+\def\ds at faircopy{\@faircopytrue}
+
+\def\ds at preprint{\@faircopyfalse}
+
+\@twosidetrue
+\@mparswitchtrue
+\def\ds at draft{\overfullrule 5\p@}
+%% CHANGE ON NEXT LINE
+\dooptions
+
+\lineskip \p@
+\normallineskip \p@
+\def\baselinestretch{1}
+\def\@ptsize{0} %needed for amssymbols.sty
+
+%% CHANGES ON NEXT LINES
+\if at ll% allow use of old-style font change commands in LaTeX2e
+\@maxdepth\maxdepth
+%
+\DeclareOldFontCommand{\rm}{\ninept\rmfamily}{\mathrm}
+\DeclareOldFontCommand{\sf}{\normalfont\sffamily}{\mathsf}
+\DeclareOldFontCommand{\tt}{\normalfont\ttfamily}{\mathtt}
+\DeclareOldFontCommand{\bf}{\normalfont\bfseries}{\mathbf}
+\DeclareOldFontCommand{\it}{\normalfont\itshape}{\mathit}
+\DeclareOldFontCommand{\sl}{\normalfont\slshape}{\@nomath\sl}
+\DeclareOldFontCommand{\sc}{\normalfont\scshape}{\@nomath\sc}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*{\cal}{\@fontswitch{\relax}{\mathcal}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*{\mit}{\@fontswitch{\relax}{\mathnormal}}
+\fi
+%
+\if at ll
+ \renewcommand{\rmdefault}{cmr} % was 'ttm'
+% Note! I have also found 'mvr' to work ESPECIALLY well.
+% Gerry - October 1999
+% You may need to change your LV1times.fd file so that sc is
+% mapped to cmcsc - -for smallcaps -- that is if you decide
+% to change {cmr} to {times} above. (Not recommended)
+ \renewcommand{\@ptsize}{}
+ \renewcommand{\normalsize}{%
+ \@setfontsize\normalsize\@ixpt{10.5\p@}%\ninept%
+ \abovedisplayskip 6\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus\p@
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip 6\p@ \@minus 3\p@
+ \belowdisplayshortskip 6\p@ \@minus 3\p@
+ \let\@listi\@listI
+ }
+\else
+ \def\@normalsize{%changed next to 9 from 10
+ \@setsize\normalsize{9\p@}\ixpt\@ixpt
+ \abovedisplayskip 6\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus\p@
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \abovedisplayshortskip 6\p@ \@minus 3\p@
+ \belowdisplayshortskip 6\p@ \@minus 3\p@
+ \let\@listi\@listI
+ }%
+\fi
+\if at ll
+ \newcommand\scriptsize{\@setfontsize\scriptsize\@viipt{8\p@}}
+ \newcommand\tiny{\@setfontsize\tiny\@vpt{6\p@}}
+ \newcommand\large{\@setfontsize\large\@xiipt{14\p@}}
+ \newcommand\Large{\@setfontsize\Large\@xivpt{18\p@}}
+ \newcommand\LARGE{\@setfontsize\LARGE\@xviipt{20\p@}}
+ \newcommand\huge{\@setfontsize\huge\@xxpt{25\p@}}
+ \newcommand\Huge{\@setfontsize\Huge\@xxvpt{30\p@}}
+\else
+ \def\scriptsize{\@setsize\scriptsize{8\p@}\viipt\@viipt}
+ \def\tiny{\@setsize\tiny{6\p@}\vpt\@vpt}
+ \def\large{\@setsize\large{14\p@}\xiipt\@xiipt}
+ \def\Large{\@setsize\Large{18\p@}\xivpt\@xivpt}
+ \def\LARGE{\@setsize\LARGE{20\p@}\xviipt\@xviipt}
+ \def\huge{\@setsize\huge{25\p@}\xxpt\@xxpt}
+ \def\Huge{\@setsize\Huge{30\p@}\xxvpt\@xxvpt}
+\fi
+\normalsize
+
+% make aubox hsize/number of authors up to 3, less gutter
+% then showbox gutter showbox gutter showbox -- GKMT Aug 99
+\newbox\@acmtitlebox
+\def\@maketitle{\newpage
+ \null
+ \setbox\@acmtitlebox\vbox{%
+\baselineskip 20pt
+\vskip 2em % Vertical space above title.
+ \begin{center}
+ {\ttlfnt \@title\par} % Title set in 18pt Helvetica (Arial) bold size.
+ \vskip 1.5em % Vertical space after title.
+%This should be the subtitle.
+{\subttlfnt \the\subtitletext\par}\vskip 1.25em%\fi
+ {\baselineskip 16pt\aufnt % each author set in \12 pt Arial, in a
+ \lineskip .5em % tabular environment
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{c}\@author
+ \end{tabular}\par}
+ \vskip 1.5em % Vertical space after author.
+ \end{center}}
+ \dimen0=\ht\@acmtitlebox
+ \advance\dimen0 by -12.75pc\relax % Increased space for title box -- KBT
+ \unvbox\@acmtitlebox
+ \ifdim\dimen0<0.0pt\relax\vskip-\dimen0\fi}
+
+
+\newcount\titlenotecount
+\global\titlenotecount=0
+\newtoks\tntoks
+\newtoks\tntokstwo
+\newtoks\tntoksthree
+\newtoks\tntoksfour
+\newtoks\tntoksfive
+
+\def\abstract{
+\ifnum\titlenotecount>0 % was =1
+ \insert\footins{%
+ \reset at font\footnotesize
+ \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
+ \splittopskip\footnotesep
+ \splitmaxdepth \dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty \@MM
+ \hsize\columnwidth \@parboxrestore
+ \protected at edef\@currentlabel{%
+ }%
+ \color at begingroup
+\ifnum\titlenotecount=1
+ \@maketntext{%
+ \raisebox{4pt}{$\ast$}\rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces\the\tntoks\@finalstrut\strutbox}%
+\fi
+\ifnum\titlenotecount=2
+ \@maketntext{%
+ \raisebox{4pt}{$\ast$}\rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces\the\tntoks\par\@finalstrut\strutbox}%
+\@maketntext{%
+ \raisebox{4pt}{$\dagger$}\rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces\the\tntokstwo\@finalstrut\strutbox}%
+\fi
+\ifnum\titlenotecount=3
+ \@maketntext{%
+ \raisebox{4pt}{$\ast$}\rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces\the\tntoks\par\@finalstrut\strutbox}%
+\@maketntext{%
+ \raisebox{4pt}{$\dagger$}\rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces\the\tntokstwo\par\@finalstrut\strutbox}%
+\@maketntext{%
+ \raisebox{4pt}{$\ddagger$}\rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces\the\tntoksthree\@finalstrut\strutbox}%
+\fi
+\ifnum\titlenotecount=4
+ \@maketntext{%
+ \raisebox{4pt}{$\ast$}\rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces\the\tntoks\par\@finalstrut\strutbox}%
+\@maketntext{%
+ \raisebox{4pt}{$\dagger$}\rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces\the\tntokstwo\par\@finalstrut\strutbox}%
+\@maketntext{%
+ \raisebox{4pt}{$\ddagger$}\rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces\the\tntoksthree\par\@finalstrut\strutbox}%
+\@maketntext{%
+ \raisebox{4pt}{$\S$}\rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces\the\tntoksfour\@finalstrut\strutbox}%
+\fi
+\ifnum\titlenotecount=5
+ \@maketntext{%
+ \raisebox{4pt}{$\ast$}\rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces\the\tntoks\par\@finalstrut\strutbox}%
+\@maketntext{%
+ \raisebox{4pt}{$\dagger$}\rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces\the\tntokstwo\par\@finalstrut\strutbox}%
+\@maketntext{%
+ \raisebox{4pt}{$\ddagger$}\rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces\the\tntoksthree\par\@finalstrut\strutbox}%
+\@maketntext{%
+ \raisebox{4pt}{$\S$}\rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces\the\tntoksfour\par\@finalstrut\strutbox}%
+\@maketntext{%
+ \raisebox{4pt}{$\P$}\rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces\the\tntoksfive\@finalstrut\strutbox}%
+\fi
+ \color at endgroup} %g}
+\fi
+\setcounter{footnote}{0}
+\section*{ABSTRACT}\normalsize%\ninept
+}
+
+\def\endabstract{\if at twocolumn\else\endquotation\fi}
+
+\def\keywords{\if at twocolumn
+\section*{Keywords}
+\else \small
+\quotation
+\fi}
+
+\def\terms{\if at twocolumn
+\section*{General Terms}
+\else \small
+\quotation
+\fi}
+
+% -- Classification needs to be a bit smart due to optionals - Gerry/Georgia November 2nd. 1999
+\newcount\catcount
+\global\catcount=1
+
+\def\category#1#2#3{%
+\ifnum\catcount=1
+\section*{Categories and Subject Descriptors}
+\advance\catcount by 1\else{\unskip; }\fi
+ \@ifnextchar [{\@category{#1}{#2}{#3}}{\@category{#1}{#2}{#3}[]}%
+}
+
+\def\@category#1#2#3[#4]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\and\relax
+ #1 [\textbf{#2}]%
+ \if!#4!%
+ \if!#3!\else : #3\fi
+ \else
+ :\space
+ \if!#3!\else #3\kern\z at ---\hskip\z@\fi
+ \textit{#4}%
+ \fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+%
+
+%%% This section (written by KBT) handles the 1" box in the lower left
+%%% corner of the left column of the first page by creating a picture,
+%%% and inserting the predefined string at the bottom (with a negative
+%%% displacement to offset the space allocated for a non-existent
+%%% caption).
+%%%
+\newtoks\copyrightnotice
+\def\ftype at copyrightbox{8}
+\def\@copyrightspace{
+\@float{copyrightbox}[b]
+\begin{center}
+\setlength{\unitlength}{1pc}
+\begin{picture}(20,6) %Space for copyright notice
+\put(0,-0.95){\crnotice{\@toappear}}
+\end{picture}
+\end{center}
+\end at float}
+
+\def\@toappear{} % Default setting blank - commands below change this.
+\long\def\toappear#1{\def\@toappear{\parbox[b]{20pc}{\baselineskip 9pt#1}}}
+\def\toappearbox#1{\def\@toappear{\raisebox{5pt}{\framebox[20pc]{\parbox[b]{19pc}{#1}}}}}
+
+\newtoks\conf
+\newtoks\confinfo
+\def\conferenceinfo#1#2{\global\conf={#1}\global\confinfo{#2}}
+
+
+%\def\marginpar{\@latexerr{The \marginpar command is not allowed in the
+% `acmconf' document style.}\@eha}
+
+\def\marginpar{\ClassError{%
+ \string\marginpar\space is not allowed in the `acmconf' document % January 2008
+ style}\@eha}
+
+\mark{{}{}} % Initializes TeX's marks
+
+\def\today{\ifcase\month\or
+ January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
+ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
+ \space\number\day, \number\year}
+
+\def\@begintheorem#1#2{%
+ \parskip 0pt % GM July 2000 (for tighter spacing)
+ \trivlist
+ \item[%
+ \hskip 10\p@
+ \hskip \labelsep
+ {{\sc #1}\hskip 5\p@\relax#2.}%
+ ]
+ \it
+}
+\def\@opargbegintheorem#1#2#3{%
+ \parskip 0pt % GM July 2000 (for tighter spacing)
+ \trivlist
+ \item[%
+ \hskip 10\p@
+ \hskip \labelsep
+ {\sc #1\ #2\ % This mod by Gerry to enumerate corollaries
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{(#3)} % and bracket the 'corollary title'
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa>\z@ % and retain the correct numbering of e.g. theorems
+ \hskip 5\p@\relax % if they occur 'around' said corollaries.
+ \box\@tempboxa % Gerry - Nov. 1999.
+ \fi.}%
+ ]
+ \it
+}
+\newif\if at qeded
+\global\@qededfalse
+
+% -- original
+%\def\proof{%
+% \vspace{-\parskip} % GM July 2000 (for tighter spacing)
+% \global\@qededfalse
+% \@ifnextchar[{\@xproof}{\@proof}%
+%}
+% -- end of original
+
+% (JSS) Fix for vertical spacing bug - Gerry Murray July 30th. 2002
+\def\proof{%
+\vspace{-\lastskip}\vspace{-\parsep}\penalty-51%
+\global\@qededfalse
+\@ifnextchar[{\@xproof}{\@proof}%
+}
+
+\def\endproof{%
+ \if at qeded\else\qed\fi
+ \endtrivlist
+}
+\def\@proof{%
+ \trivlist
+ \item[%
+ \hskip 10\p@
+ \hskip \labelsep
+ {\sc Proof.}%
+ ]
+ \ignorespaces
+}
+\def\@xproof[#1]{%
+ \trivlist
+ \item[\hskip 10\p@\hskip \labelsep{\sc Proof #1.}]%
+ \ignorespaces
+}
+\def\qed{%
+ \unskip
+ \kern 10\p@
+ \begingroup
+ \unitlength\p@
+ \linethickness{.4\p@}%
+ \framebox(6,6){}%
+ \endgroup
+ \global\@qededtrue
+}
+
+\def\newdef#1#2{%
+ \expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname
+ {\@definecounter{#1}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname the#1\endcsname{\@thmcounter{#1}}%
+ \global\@namedef{#1}{\@defthm{#1}{#2}}%
+ \global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}%
+ }%
+}
+\def\@defthm#1#2{%
+ \refstepcounter{#1}%
+ \@ifnextchar[{\@ydefthm{#1}{#2}}{\@xdefthm{#1}{#2}}%
+}
+\def\@xdefthm#1#2{%
+ \@begindef{#2}{\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+ \ignorespaces
+}
+\def\@ydefthm#1#2[#3]{%
+ \trivlist
+ \item[%
+ \hskip 10\p@
+ \hskip \labelsep
+ {\it #2%
+% \savebox\@tempboxa{#3}%
+ \saveb at x\@tempboxa{#3}% % January 2008
+ \ifdim \wd\@tempboxa>\z@
+ \ \box\@tempboxa
+ \fi.%
+ }]%
+ \ignorespaces
+}
+\def\@begindef#1#2{%
+ \trivlist
+ \item[%
+ \hskip 10\p@
+ \hskip \labelsep
+ {\it #1\ \rm #2.}%
+ ]%
+}
+\def\theequation{\arabic{equation}}
+
+\newcounter{part}
+\newcounter{section}
+\newcounter{subsection}[section]
+\newcounter{subsubsection}[subsection]
+\newcounter{paragraph}[subsubsection]
+\def\thepart{\Roman{part}}
+\def\thesection{\arabic{section}}
+\def\thesubsection{\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}
+\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}} %removed \subsecfnt 29 July 2002 gkmt
+\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}} %removed \subsecfnt 29 July 2002 gkmt
+\newif\if at uchead
+\@ucheadfalse
+
+%% CHANGES: NEW NOTE
+%% NOTE: OK to use old-style font commands below, since they were
+%% suitably redefined for LaTeX2e
+%% END CHANGES
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}
+\def\part{%
+ \@startsection{part}{9}{\z@}{-10\p@ \@plus -4\p@ \@minus -2\p@}
+ {4\p@}{\normalsize\@ucheadtrue}%
+}
+\def\section{%
+ \@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{-10\p@ \@plus -4\p@ \@minus -2\p@}% GM
+ {4\p@}{\baselineskip 14pt\secfnt\@ucheadtrue}%
+}
+
+\def\subsection{%
+ \@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-8\p@ \@plus -2\p@ \@minus -\p@}
+ {4\p@}{\secfnt}%
+}
+\def\subsubsection{%
+ \@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-8\p@ \@plus -2\p@ \@minus -\p@}%
+ {4\p@}{\subsecfnt}%
+}
+%\def\paragraph{%
+% \vskip 12pt\@startsection{paragraph}{3}{\z@}{6\p@ \@plus \p@}% original
+% {-5\p@}{\subsecfnt}%
+%}
+% If one wants sections, subsections and subsubsections numbered,
+% but not paragraphs, one usually sets secnumepth to 3.
+% For that, the "depth" of paragraphs must be given correctly
+% in the definition (``4'' instead of ``3'' as second argument
+% of @startsection):
+\def\paragraph{%
+ \vskip 12pt\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{6\p@ \@plus \p@}% % GM and Wolfgang May - 11/30/06
+ {-5\p@}{\subsecfnt}%
+}
+\let\@period=.
+\def\@startsection#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+ \if at noskipsec %gkmt, 11 aug 99
+ \global\let\@period\@empty
+ \leavevmode
+ \global\let\@period.%
+ \fi
+ \par %
+ \@tempskipa #4\relax
+ \@afterindenttrue
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa <\z@
+ \@tempskipa -\@tempskipa
+ \@afterindentfalse
+ \fi
+ \if at nobreak
+ \everypar{}%
+ \else
+ \addpenalty\@secpenalty
+ \addvspace\@tempskipa
+ \fi
+\parskip=0pt % GM July 2000 (non numbered) section heads
+ \@ifstar
+ {\@ssect{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}
+ {\@dblarg{\@sect{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}%
+}
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{%
+ \ifnum #2>\c at secnumdepth
+ \let\@svsec\@empty
+ \else
+ \refstepcounter{#1}%
+ \edef\@svsec{%
+ \begingroup
+ %\ifnum#2>2 \noexpand\rm \fi % changed to next 29 July 2002 gkmt
+ \ifnum#2>2 \noexpand#6 \fi
+ \csname the#1\endcsname
+ \endgroup
+ \ifnum #2=1\relax .\fi
+ \hskip 1em
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \@tempskipa #5\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup
+ #6\relax
+ \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}%
+ \begingroup
+ \interlinepenalty \@M
+ \if at uchead
+ \uppercase{#8}%
+ \else
+ #8%
+ \fi
+ \par
+ \endgroup
+ \endgroup
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}%
+ \vskip -12pt %gkmt, 11 aug 99 and GM July 2000 (was -14) - numbered section head spacing
+\addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{%
+ \ifnum #2>\c at secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+ \fi
+ #7%
+ }%
+ \else
+ \def\@svsechd{%
+ #6%
+ \hskip #3\relax
+ \@svsec
+ \if at uchead
+ \uppercase{#8}%
+ \else
+ #8%
+ \fi
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{%
+ \ifnum #2>\c at secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+ \fi
+ #7%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \@xsect{#5}\hskip 1pt
+ \par
+}
+\def\@xsect#1{%
+ \@tempskipa #1\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \par
+ \nobreak
+ \vskip \@tempskipa
+ \@afterheading
+ \else
+ \global\@nobreakfalse
+ \global\@noskipsectrue
+ \everypar{%
+ \if at noskipsec
+ \global\@noskipsecfalse
+ \clubpenalty\@M
+ \hskip -\parindent
+ \begingroup
+ \@svsechd
+ \@period
+ \endgroup
+ \unskip
+ \@tempskipa #1\relax
+ \hskip -\@tempskipa
+ \else
+ \clubpenalty \@clubpenalty
+ \everypar{}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \ignorespaces
+}
+\def\@trivlist{%
+ \@topsepadd\topsep
+ \if at noskipsec
+ \global\let\@period\@empty
+ \leavevmode
+ \global\let\@period.%
+ \fi
+ \ifvmode
+ \advance\@topsepadd\partopsep
+ \else
+ \unskip
+ \par
+ \fi
+ \if at inlabel
+ \@noparitemtrue
+ \@noparlisttrue
+ \else
+ \@noparlistfalse
+ \@topsep\@topsepadd
+ \fi
+ \advance\@topsep \parskip
+ \leftskip\z at skip
+ \rightskip\@rightskip
+ \parfillskip\@flushglue
+ \@setpar{\if at newlist\else{\@@par}\fi}
+ \global\@newlisttrue
+ \@outerparskip\parskip
+}
+
+%%% Actually, 'abbrev' works just fine as the default
+%%% Bibliography style.
+
+\typeout{Using 'Abbrev' bibliography style}
+\newcommand\bibyear[2]{%
+ \unskip\quad\ignorespaces#1\unskip
+ \if#2..\quad \else \quad#2 \fi
+}
+\newcommand{\bibemph}[1]{{\em#1}}
+\newcommand{\bibemphic}[1]{{\em#1\/}}
+\newcommand{\bibsc}[1]{{\sc#1}}
+\def\@normalcite{%
+ \def\@cite##1##2{[##1\if at tempswa , ##2\fi]}%
+}
+\def\@citeNB{%
+ \def\@cite##1##2{##1\if at tempswa , ##2\fi}%
+}
+\def\@citeRB{%
+ \def\@cite##1##2{##1\if at tempswa , ##2\fi]}%
+}
+\def\start at cite#1#2{%
+ \edef\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{%
+ ###1%
+ \ifnum#2=\z@ \else\ ###2\fi
+ }%
+ \ifnum#1=\thr@@
+ \let\@@cite\@citeyear
+ \else
+ \let\@@cite\@citenormal
+ \fi
+ \@ifstar{\@citeNB\@@cite}{\@normalcite\@@cite}%
+}
+%\def\cite{\start at cite23}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\cite{\start at cite23} % January 2008
+\def\citeNP{\cite*} % No Parentheses e.g. 5
+%\def\citeA{\start at cite10}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\citeA{\start at cite10} % January 2008
+\def\citeANP{\citeA*}
+%\def\shortcite{\start at cite23}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\shortcite{\start at cite23} % January 2008
+\def\shortciteNP{\shortcite*}
+%\def\shortciteA{\start at cite20}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\shortciteA{\start at cite20} % January 2008
+\def\shortciteANP{\shortciteA*}
+%\def\citeyear{\start at cite30}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\citeyear{\start at cite30} % January 2008
+\def\citeyearNP{\citeyear*}
+%\def\citeN{%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\citeN{% % January 2008
+ \@citeRB
+ \def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##1\ [##3%
+ \def\reserved at a{##1}%
+ \def\citeauthoryear####1####2####3{%
+ \def\reserved at b{####1}%
+ \ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b
+ ####3%
+ \else
+ \errmessage{Package acmart Error: author mismatch
+ in \string\citeN^^J^^J%
+ See the acmart package documentation for explanation}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+ \@ifstar\@citeyear\@citeyear
+}
+%\def\shortciteN{%
+\DeclareRobustCommand\shortciteN{% % January 2008
+ \@citeRB
+ \def\citeauthoryear##1##2##3{##2\ [##3%
+ \def\reserved at a{##2}%
+ \def\citeauthoryear####1####2####3{%
+ \def\reserved at b{####2}%
+ \ifx\reserved at a\reserved at b
+ ####3%
+ \else
+ \errmessage{Package acmart Error: author mismatch
+ in \string\shortciteN^^J^^J%
+ See the acmart package documentation for explanation}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ }%
+ \@ifstar\@citeyear\@citeyear % GM July 2000
+}
+
+\def\@citenormal{%
+ \@ifnextchar [{\@tempswatrue\@citex;}%
+% original {\@tempswafalse\@citex,[]}% was ; Gerry 2/24/00
+{\@tempswafalse\@citex[]}% % GERRY FIX FOR BABEL 3/20/2009
+}
+
+\def\@citeyear{%
+ \@ifnextchar [{\@tempswatrue\@citex,}%
+% original {\@tempswafalse\@citex,[]}%
+{\@tempswafalse\@citex[]}% % GERRY FIX FOR BABEL 3/20/2009
+}
+
+\def\@citex#1[#2]#3{%
+ \let\@citea\@empty
+ \@cite{%
+ \@for\@citeb:=#3\do{%
+ \@citea
+% original \def\@citea{#1 }%
+ \def\@citea{#1, }% % GERRY FIX FOR BABEL 3/20/2009 -- SO THAT YOU GET [1, 2] IN THE BODY TEXT
+ \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@iden\@citeb}%
+ \if at filesw
+ \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{\@citeb}}%
+ \fi
+ \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb}{%
+ {\bf ?}%
+ \@warning{%
+ Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage\space undefined%
+ }%
+ }%
+ {\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}%
+ }%
+ }{#2}%
+}
+%\let\@biblabel\@gobble % Dec. 2008 - Gerry
+% ----
+\def\@biblabelnum#1{[#1]} % Gerry's solution #1 - for Natbib -- April 2009
+\let\@biblabel=\@biblabelnum % Gerry's solution #1 - for Natbib -- April 2009
+\def\newblock{\relax} % Gerry Dec. 2008
+% ---
+\newdimen\bibindent
+\setcounter{enumi}{1}
+\bibindent=0em
+\def\thebibliography#1{%
+\ifnum\addauflag=0\addauthorsection\global\addauflag=1\fi
+ \section[References]{% <=== OPTIONAL ARGUMENT ADDED HERE
+ {References} % was uppercased but this affects pdf bookmarks (SP/GM October 2004)
+ {\vskip -9pt plus 1pt} % GM Nov. 2006 / GM July 2000 (for somewhat tighter spacing)
+ \@mkboth{{\refname}}{{\refname}}%
+ }%
+ \list{[\arabic{enumi}]}{%
+ \settowidth\labelwidth{[#1]}%
+ \leftmargin\labelwidth
+ \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+ \advance\leftmargin\bibindent
+ \parsep=0pt\itemsep=1pt % GM July 2000
+ \itemindent -\bibindent
+ \listparindent \itemindent
+ \usecounter{enumi}
+ }%
+ \let\newblock\@empty
+ \raggedright % GM July 2000
+ \sloppy
+ \sfcode`\.=1000\relax
+}
+
+
+\gdef\balancecolumns
+{\vfill\eject
+\global\@colht=\textheight
+\global\ht\@cclv=\textheight
+}
+
+\newcount\colcntr
+\global\colcntr=0
+%\newbox\savebox
+\newbox\saveb at x % January 2008
+
+\gdef \@makecol {%
+\global\advance\colcntr by 1
+\ifnum\colcntr>2 \global\colcntr=1\fi
+ \ifvoid\footins
+ \setbox\@outputbox \box\@cclv
+ \else
+ \setbox\@outputbox \vbox{%
+\boxmaxdepth \@maxdepth
+ \@tempdima\dp\@cclv
+ \unvbox \@cclv
+ \vskip-\@tempdima
+ \vskip \skip\footins
+ \color at begingroup
+ \normalcolor
+ \footnoterule
+ \unvbox \footins
+ \color at endgroup
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \xdef\@freelist{\@freelist\@midlist}%
+ \global \let \@midlist \@empty
+ \@combinefloats
+ \ifvbox\@kludgeins
+ \@makespecialcolbox
+ \else
+ \setbox\@outputbox \vbox to\@colht {%
+\@texttop
+ \dimen@ \dp\@outputbox
+ \unvbox \@outputbox
+ \vskip -\dimen@
+ \@textbottom
+ }%
+ \fi
+ \global \maxdepth \@maxdepth
+}
+\def\titlenote{\@ifnextchar[\@xtitlenote{\stepcounter\@mpfn
+\global\advance\titlenotecount by 1
+\ifnum\titlenotecount=1
+ \raisebox{9pt}{$\ast$}
+\fi
+\ifnum\titlenotecount=2
+ \raisebox{9pt}{$\dagger$}
+\fi
+\ifnum\titlenotecount=3
+ \raisebox{9pt}{$\ddagger$}
+\fi
+\ifnum\titlenotecount=4
+\raisebox{9pt}{$\S$}
+\fi
+\ifnum\titlenotecount=5
+\raisebox{9pt}{$\P$}
+\fi
+ \@titlenotetext
+}}
+
+\long\def\@titlenotetext#1{\insert\footins{%
+\ifnum\titlenotecount=1\global\tntoks={#1}\fi
+\ifnum\titlenotecount=2\global\tntokstwo={#1}\fi
+\ifnum\titlenotecount=3\global\tntoksthree={#1}\fi
+\ifnum\titlenotecount=4\global\tntoksfour={#1}\fi
+\ifnum\titlenotecount=5\global\tntoksfive={#1}\fi
+ \reset at font\footnotesize
+ \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
+ \splittopskip\footnotesep
+ \splitmaxdepth \dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty \@MM
+ \hsize\columnwidth \@parboxrestore
+ \protected at edef\@currentlabel{%
+ }%
+ \color at begingroup
+ \color at endgroup}}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+\ps at plain
+\baselineskip=11pt
+\let\thepage\relax % For NO page numbers - GM Nov. 30th. 1999 and July 2000
+\def\setpagenumber#1{\global\setcounter{page}{#1}}
+%\pagenumbering{arabic} % Arabic page numbers GM July 2000
+\twocolumn % Double column.
+\flushbottom % Even bottom -- alas, does not balance columns at end of document
+\pagestyle{plain}
+
+% Need Copyright Year and Copyright Data to be user definable (in .tex file).
+% Gerry Nov. 30th. 1999
+\newtoks\copyrtyr
+\newtoks\acmcopyr
+\newtoks\boilerplate
+\global\acmcopyr={X-XXXXX-XX-X/XX/XX} % Default - 5/11/2001 *** Gerry
+\global\copyrtyr={20XX} % Default - 3/3/2003 *** Gerry
+\def\CopyrightYear#1{\global\copyrtyr{#1}}
+\def\crdata#1{\global\acmcopyr{#1}}
+\def\permission#1{\global\boilerplate{#1}}
+%
+\global\boilerplate={Permission to make digital or hard copies of all or part of this work for personal or classroom use is granted without fee provided that copies are not made or distributed for profit or commercial advantage and that copies bear this notice and the full citation on the first page. To copy otherwise, to republish, to post on servers or to redistribute to lists, requires prior specific permission and/or a fee.}
+\newtoks\copyrightetc
+\global\copyrightetc{Copyright \the\copyrtyr\ ACM \the\acmcopyr\ ...\$15.00} % Gerry changed to 15 May 2012
+\toappear{\the\boilerplate\par
+{\confname{\the\conf}} \the\confinfo\par \the\copyrightetc.}
+%\DeclareFixedFont{\altcrnotice}{OT1}{tmr}{m}{n}{8} % << patch needed for accenting e.g. Montreal - Gerry, May 2007
+%\DeclareFixedFont{\altconfname}{OT1}{tmr}{m}{it}{8} % << patch needed for accenting in italicized confname - Gerry, May 2007
+%
+%{\altconfname{{\the\conf}}} {\altcrnotice\the\confinfo\par} \the\copyrightetc.} % << Gerry, May 2007
+%
+% The following section (i.e. 3 .sty inclusions) was added in May 2007 so as to fix the problems that many
+% authors were having with accents. Sometimes accents would occur, but the letter-character would be of a different
+% font. Conversely the letter-character font would be correct but, e.g. a 'bar' would appear superimposed on the
+% character instead of, say, an unlaut/diaresis. Sometimes the letter-character would NOT appear at all.
+% Using [T1]{fontenc} outright was not an option as this caused 99% of the authors to 'produce' a Type-3 (bitmapped)
+% PDF file - useless for production.
+%
+% For proper (font) accenting we NEED these packages to be part of the .cls file i.e. 'ae', 'aecompl' and 'aeguil'
+% ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+%% This is file `ae.sty'
+\def\fileversion{1.3}
+\def\filedate{2001/02/12}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+%\ProvidesPackage{ae}[\filedate\space\fileversion\space % GM
+% Almost European Computer Modern] % GM - keeping the log file clean(er)
+\newif\if at ae@slides \@ae at slidesfalse
+\DeclareOption{slides}{\@ae at slidestrue}
+\ProcessOptions
+\fontfamily{aer}
+\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\if at ae@slides
+ \renewcommand{\sfdefault}{laess}
+ \renewcommand{\rmdefault}{laess} % no roman
+ \renewcommand{\ttdefault}{laett}
+\else
+ \renewcommand{\sfdefault}{aess}
+ \renewcommand{\rmdefault}{aer}
+ \renewcommand{\ttdefault}{aett}
+\fi
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `ae.sty'.
+%
+%
+\def\fileversion{0.9}
+\def\filedate{1998/07/23}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+%\ProvidesPackage{aecompl}[\filedate\space\fileversion\space % GM
+%T1 Complements for AE fonts (D. Roegel)] % GM -- keeping the log file clean(er)
+
+\def\@ae at compl#1{{\fontencoding{T1}\fontfamily{cmr}\selectfont\symbol{#1}}}
+\def\guillemotleft{\@ae at compl{19}}
+\def\guillemotright{\@ae at compl{20}}
+\def\guilsinglleft{\@ae at compl{14}}
+\def\guilsinglright{\@ae at compl{15}}
+\def\TH{\@ae at compl{222}}
+\def\NG{\@ae at compl{141}}
+\def\ng{\@ae at compl{173}}
+\def\th{\@ae at compl{254}}
+\def\DJ{\@ae at compl{208}}
+\def\dj{\@ae at compl{158}}
+\def\DH{\@ae at compl{208}}
+\def\dh{\@ae at compl{240}}
+\def\@perthousandzero{\@ae at compl{24}}
+\def\textperthousand{\%\@perthousandzero}
+\def\textpertenthousand{\%\@perthousandzero\@perthousandzero}
+\endinput
+%
+%
+%% This is file `aeguill.sty'
+% This file gives french guillemets (and not guillemots!)
+% built with the Polish CMR fonts (default), WNCYR fonts, the LASY fonts
+% or with the EC fonts.
+% This is useful in conjunction with the ae package
+% (this package loads the ae package in case it has not been loaded)
+% and with or without the french(le) package.
+%
+% In order to get the guillemets, it is necessary to either type
+% \guillemotleft and \guillemotright, or to use an 8 bit encoding
+% (such as ISO-Latin1) which selects these two commands,
+% or, if you use the french package (but not the frenchle package),
+% to type << or >>.
+%
+% By default, you get the Polish CMR guillemets; if this package is loaded
+% with the `cm' option, you get the LASY guillemets; with `ec,' you
+% get the EC guillemets, and with `cyr,' you get the cyrillic guillemets.
+%
+% In verbatim mode, you always get the EC/TT guillemets.
+%
+% The default option is interesting in conjunction with PDF,
+% because there is a Type 1 version of the Polish CMR fonts
+% and these guillemets are very close in shape to the EC guillemets.
+% There are no free Type 1 versions of the EC fonts.
+%
+% Support for Polish CMR guillemets was kindly provided by
+% Rolf Niepraschk <niepraschk at ptb.de> in version 0.99 (2000/05/22).
+% Bernd Raichle provided extensive simplifications to the code
+% for version 1.00.
+%
+% This package is released under the LPPL.
+%
+% Changes:
+% Date version
+% 2001/04/12 1.01 the frenchle and french package are now distinguished.
+%
+\def\fileversion{1.01}
+\def\filedate{2001/04/12}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+%\ProvidesPackage{aeguill}[2001/04/12 1.01 % % GM
+%AE fonts with french guillemets (D. Roegel)] % GM - keeping the log file clean(er)
+%\RequirePackage{ae} % GM May 2007 - already embedded here
+
+\newcommand{\@ae at switch}[4]{#4}
+\DeclareOption{ec}{\renewcommand\@ae at switch[4]{#1}}
+\DeclareOption{cm}{\renewcommand\@ae at switch[4]{#2}}
+\DeclareOption{cyr}{\renewcommand\@ae at switch[4]{#3}}
+\DeclareOption{pl}{\renewcommand\@ae at switch[4]{#4}}
+\ExecuteOptions{pl}
+\ProcessOptions
+
+%
+% Load necessary packages
+%
+\@ae at switch{% ec
+ % do nothing
+}{% cm
+ \RequirePackage{latexsym}% GM - May 2007 - already 'mentioned as required' up above
+}{% cyr
+ \RequirePackage[OT2,T1]{fontenc}%
+}{% pl
+ \RequirePackage[OT4,T1]{fontenc}%
+}
+
+% The following command will be compared to \frenchname,
+% as defined in french.sty and frenchle.sty.
+\def\aeguillfrenchdefault{french}%
+
+\let\guill at verbatim@font\verbatim at font
+\def\verbatim at font{\guill at verbatim@font\ecguills{cmtt}%
+ \let\guillemotleft\@oguills\let\guillemotright\@fguills}
+
+\begingroup \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\>=13
+\def\x{\endgroup
+ \def\ae at lfguill{<<}%
+ \def\ae at rfguill{>>}%
+}\x
+
+\newcommand{\ecguills}[1]{%
+ \def\selectguillfont{\fontencoding{T1}\fontfamily{#1}\selectfont}%
+ \def\@oguills{{\selectguillfont\symbol{19}}}%
+ \def\@fguills{{\selectguillfont\symbol{20}}}%
+ }
+
+\newcommand{\aeguills}{%
+ \ae at guills
+ % We redefine \guillemotleft and \guillemotright
+ % in order to catch them when they are used
+ % with \DeclareInputText (in latin1.def for instance)
+ % We use \auxWARNINGi as a safe indicator that french.sty is used.
+ \gdef\guillemotleft{\ifx\auxWARNINGi\undefined
+ \@oguills % neither french.sty nor frenchle.sty
+ \else
+ \ifx\aeguillfrenchdefault\frenchname
+ \ae at lfguill % french.sty
+ \else
+ \@oguills % frenchle.sty
+ \fi
+ \fi}%
+ \gdef\guillemotright{\ifx\auxWARNINGi\undefined
+ \@fguills % neither french.sty nor frenchle.sty
+ \else
+ \ifx\aeguillfrenchdefault\frenchname
+ \ae at rfguill % french.sty
+ \else
+ \@fguills % frenchle.sty
+ \fi
+ \fi}%
+ }
+
+%
+% Depending on the class option
+% define the internal command \ae at guills
+\@ae at switch{% ec
+ \newcommand{\ae at guills}{%
+ \ecguills{cmr}}%
+}{% cm
+ \newcommand{\ae at guills}{%
+ \def\selectguillfont{\fontencoding{U}\fontfamily{lasy}%
+ \fontseries{m}\fontshape{n}\selectfont}%
+ \def\@oguills{\leavevmode\nobreak
+ \hbox{\selectguillfont (\kern-.20em(\kern.20em}\nobreak}%
+ \def\@fguills{\leavevmode\nobreak
+ \hbox{\selectguillfont \kern.20em)\kern-.2em)}%
+ \ifdim\fontdimen\@ne\font>\z@\/\fi}}%
+}{% cyr
+ \newcommand{\ae at guills}{%
+ \def\selectguillfont{\fontencoding{OT2}\fontfamily{wncyr}\selectfont}%
+ \def\@oguills{{\selectguillfont\symbol{60}}}%
+ \def\@fguills{{\selectguillfont\symbol{62}}}}
+}{% pl
+ \newcommand{\ae at guills}{%
+ \def\selectguillfont{\fontencoding{OT4}\fontfamily{cmr}\selectfont}%
+ \def\@oguills{{\selectguillfont\symbol{174}}}%
+ \def\@fguills{{\selectguillfont\symbol{175}}}}
+}
+
+
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \ifx\GOfrench\undefined
+ \aeguills
+ \else
+ \let\aeguill at GOfrench\GOfrench
+ \gdef\GOfrench{\aeguill at GOfrench \aeguills}%
+ \fi
+ }
+
+\endinput
+%
+
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/sig-alternate/sig-alternate.cls
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/sig-alternate/test.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/sig-alternate/test.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/sig-alternate/test.tex 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+\documentclass{sig-alternate}
+\usepackage{../../apxproof}
+\input{../common}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/sig-alternate/test.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/strip/lipics.cls
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/strip/lipics.cls (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/strip/lipics.cls 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -0,0 +1,646 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `lipics.cls',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% lipics.dtx (with options: `class')
+%%
+%% -----------------------------------------------------------------
+%% Author: le-tex publishing services
+%%
+%% This file is part of the lipics package for preparing
+%% LIPICS articles.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2010 Schloss Dagstuhl
+%% -----------------------------------------------------------------
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2005/12/01]
+\ProvidesClass{lipics}
+ [2010/09/27 v1.1 LIPIcs articles]
+\emergencystretch1em
+\advance\hoffset-1in
+\advance\voffset-1in
+\advance\hoffset2.95mm
+\newif\if at nobotseplist \@nobotseplistfalse
+\def\@endparenv{%
+ \addpenalty\@endparpenalty\if at nobotseplist\else\addvspace\@topsepadd\fi\@endpetrue}
+\def\@doendpe{%
+ \@endpetrue
+ \def\par{\@restorepar
+ \everypar{}%
+ \par
+ \if at nobotseplist
+ \addvspace\topsep
+ \addvspace\partopsep
+ \global\@nobotseplistfalse
+ \fi
+ \@endpefalse}%
+ \everypar{{\setbox\z@\lastbox}%
+ \everypar{}%
+ \if at nobotseplist\global\@nobotseplistfalse\fi
+ \@endpefalse}}
+\def\enumerate{%
+ \ifnum \@enumdepth >\thr@@\@toodeep\else
+ \advance\@enumdepth\@ne
+ \edef\@enumctr{enum\romannumeral\the\@enumdepth}%
+ \expandafter
+ \list
+ \csname label\@enumctr\endcsname
+ {\advance\partopsep\topsep
+ \topsep\z@\@plus\p@
+ \ifnum\@listdepth=\@ne
+ \labelsep0.72em
+ \else
+ \ifnum\@listdepth=\tw@
+ \labelsep0.3em
+ \else
+ \labelsep0.5em
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \usecounter\@enumctr\def\makelabel##1{\hss\llap{##1}}}%
+ \fi}
+\def\endenumerate{\ifnum\@listdepth=\@ne\global\@nobotseplisttrue\fi\endlist}
+\def\itemize{%
+ \ifnum \@itemdepth >\thr@@\@toodeep\else
+ \advance\@itemdepth\@ne
+ \edef\@itemitem{labelitem\romannumeral\the\@itemdepth}%
+ \expandafter
+ \list
+ \csname\@itemitem\endcsname
+ {\advance\partopsep\topsep
+ \topsep\z@\@plus\p@
+ \ifnum\@listdepth=\@ne
+ \labelsep0.83em
+ \else
+ \ifnum\@listdepth=\tw@
+ \labelsep0.75em
+ \else
+ \labelsep0.5em
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \def\makelabel##1{\hss\llap{##1}}}%
+ \fi}
+\def\enditemize{\ifnum\@listdepth=\@ne\global\@nobotseplisttrue\fi\endlist}
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{%
+ \ifnum #2>\c at secnumdepth
+ \let\@svsec\@empty
+ \else
+ \refstepcounter{#1}%
+ \protected at edef\@svsec{\@seccntformat{#1}\relax}%
+ \fi
+ \@tempskipa #5\relax
+ \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@
+ \begingroup
+ #6{%
+ \@hangfrom{\hskip #3\relax
+ \ifnum #2=1
+ \colorbox[rgb]{0.99,0.78,0.07}{\kern0.15em\@svsec\kern0.15em}\quad
+ \else
+ \@svsec\quad
+ \fi}%
+ \interlinepenalty \@M #8\@@par}%
+ \endgroup
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{%
+ \ifnum #2>\c at secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+ \fi
+ #7}%
+ \else
+ \def\@svsechd{%
+ #6{\hskip #3\relax
+ \@svsec #8}%
+ \csname #1mark\endcsname{#7}%
+ \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{%
+ \ifnum #2>\c at secnumdepth \else
+ \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}%
+ \fi
+ #7}}%
+ \fi
+ \@xsect{#5}}
+\def\@seccntformat#1{\csname the#1\endcsname}
+\def\@biblabel#1{\textcolor{darkgray}{\sffamily\bfseries#1}}
+\def\copyrightline{%
+ \ifx\@serieslogo\@empty
+ \else
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\includegraphics[height=42\p@]{\@serieslogo}}%
+ \rlap{\hspace\textwidth\hspace{-\wd\@tempboxa}\hspace{\z@}%
+ \vtop to\z@{\vskip-0mm\unhbox\@tempboxa\vss}}%
+ \fi
+ \scriptsize
+ \vtop{\hsize\textwidth
+ \nobreakspace\\
+ \@Copyright
+ \ifx\@Event\@empty\else\@Event.\\\fi
+ \ifx\@Editors\@empty\else
+ \@Eds: \@Editors
+ ; pp. \thepage--\pageref{LastPage}%
+ \\
+ \fi
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\includegraphics[height=14\p@,trim=0 15 0 0]{lipics-logo-bw}}%
+ \hspace*{\wd\@tempboxa}\enskip
+ \href{http://www.dagstuhl.de/lipics/}%
+ {Leibniz International Proceedings in Informatics}\\
+ \smash{\unhbox\@tempboxa}\enskip
+ \href{http://www.dagstuhl.de}%
+ {Schloss Dagstuhl -- Leibniz-Zentrum f{\"u}r Informatik, Dagstuhl Publishing, Germany}}}
+\def\ps at plain{\let\@mkboth\@gobbletwo
+ \let\@oddhead\@empty
+ \let\@evenhead\@empty
+ \let\@evenfoot\copyrightline
+ \let\@oddfoot\copyrightline}
+\def\lipics at opterrshort{Option "\CurrentOption" not supported}
+\def\lipics at opterrlong{The option "\CurrentOption" from article.cls is not supported by lipics.cls.}
+\DeclareOption{a5paper}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{b5paper}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{legalpaper}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{executivepaper}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{landscape}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{10pt}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{11pt}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{12pt}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{oneside}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{twoside}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{titlepage}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{notitlepage}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{onecolumn}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{twocolumn}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{fleqn}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{openbib}{\@latexerr{\lipics at opterrshort}{\lipics at opterrlong}}
+\DeclareOption{a4paper}{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}
+ \advance\hoffset-2.95mm
+ \advance\voffset8.8mm}
+\DeclareOption{numberwithinsect}{\let\numberwithinsect\relax}
+\DeclareOption*{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
+\ProcessOptions
+\LoadClass[twoside,notitlepage,fleqn]{article}
+\renewcommand\normalsize{%
+ \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xpt{13}%
+ \abovedisplayskip 10\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus5\p@
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus3\p@
+ \belowdisplayshortskip 6\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus3\p@
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+ \let\@listi\@listI}
+\normalsize
+\renewcommand\small{%
+ \@setfontsize\small\@ixpt{11.5}%
+ \abovedisplayskip 8.5\p@ \@plus3\p@ \@minus4\p@
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus2\p@
+ \belowdisplayshortskip 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus2\p@
+ \def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \topsep 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus2\p@
+ \parsep 2\p@ \@plus\p@ \@minus\p@
+ \itemsep \parsep}%
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+}
+\renewcommand\footnotesize{%
+ \@setfontsize\footnotesize{8.5}{9.5}%
+ \abovedisplayskip 6\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus4\p@
+ \abovedisplayshortskip \z@ \@plus\p@
+ \belowdisplayshortskip 3\p@ \@plus\p@ \@minus2\p@
+ \def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \topsep 3\p@ \@plus\p@ \@minus\p@
+ \parsep 2\p@ \@plus\p@ \@minus\p@
+ \itemsep \parsep}%
+ \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip
+}
+\renewcommand\large{\@setfontsize\large{10.5}{13}}
+\renewcommand\Large{\@setfontsize\Large{12}{14}}
+\setlength\parindent{1.5em}
+\setlength\headheight{3mm}
+\setlength\headsep {10mm}
+\setlength\footskip{3mm}
+\setlength\textwidth{140mm}
+\setlength\textheight{222mm}
+\setlength\oddsidemargin{32mm}
+\setlength\evensidemargin{38mm}
+\setlength\marginparwidth{25mm}
+\setlength\topmargin{13mm}
+\setlength{\skip\footins}{2\baselineskip \@plus 4\p@ \@minus 2\p@}
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini
+ \parsep\z@ \@plus\p@
+ \topsep 8\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus4\p@
+ \itemsep \parsep}
+\let\@listI\@listi
+\@listi
+\def\@listii {\leftmargin\leftmarginii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginii
+ \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 4\p@ \@plus2\p@ \@minus\p@
+ \parsep\z@ \@plus\p@
+ \itemsep \parsep}
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii
+ \labelwidth\leftmarginiii
+ \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+ \topsep 2\p@ \@plus\p@\@minus\p@
+ \parsep \z@
+ \partopsep \p@ \@plus\z@ \@minus\p@
+ \itemsep \z@ \@plus\p@}
+\def\ps at headings{%
+ \def\@evenhead{\large\sffamily\bfseries
+ \llap{\hbox to0.5\oddsidemargin{\thepage\hss}}\leftmark\hfil}%
+ \def\@oddhead{\large\sffamily\bfseries\rightmark\hfil
+ \rlap{\hbox to0.5\oddsidemargin{\hss\thepage}}}%
+ \def\@oddfoot{\hfil
+ \rlap{%
+ \vtop{%
+ \vskip10mm
+ \colorbox[rgb]{0.99,0.78,0.07}
+ {\@tempdima\evensidemargin
+ \advance\@tempdima1in
+ \advance\@tempdima\hoffset
+ \hb at xt@\@tempdima{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\normalsize\sffamily
+ \bfseries\quad
+ \expandafter\textsolittle
+ \expandafter{\@EventShortName}}%
+ \strut\hss}}}}}
+ \let\@evenfoot\@empty
+ \let\@mkboth\markboth
+ \let\sectionmark\@gobble
+ \let\subsectionmark\@gobble}
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\renewcommand\maketitle{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \renewcommand\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c at footnote}%
+ \if at twocolumn
+ \ifnum \col at number=\@ne
+ \@maketitle
+ \else
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \newpage
+ \global\@topnum\z@ % Prevents figures from going at top of page.
+ \@maketitle
+ \fi
+ \thispagestyle{plain}\@thanks
+ \endgroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}%
+ \global\let\thanks\relax
+ \global\let\maketitle\relax
+ \global\let\@maketitle\relax
+ \global\let\@thanks\@empty
+ \global\let\@author\@empty
+ \global\let\@date\@empty
+ \global\let\@title\@empty
+ \global\let\title\relax
+ \global\let\author\relax
+ \global\let\date\relax
+ \global\let\and\relax
+}
+\newwrite\tocfile
+\def\@maketitle{%
+ \newpage
+ \null\vskip-\baselineskip
+ \vskip-\headsep
+ \@titlerunning
+ \@authorrunning
+ \let \footnote \thanks
+ \parindent\z@ \raggedright
+ {\LARGE\sffamily\bfseries\mathversion{bold}\@title \par}%
+ \vskip 1.5em%
+ \ifnum\c at authors=0 %
+ \@latexerr{No \noexpand\author given}%
+ {Provide at least one author. See the LIPIcs class documentation.}%
+ \else
+ \@author
+ \fi
+ \bgroup
+ \let\footnote\@gobble
+ \immediate\openout\tocfile=\jobname.vtc
+ \protected at write\tocfile{}{%
+ \string\contitem
+ \string\title{\@title}%
+ \string\author{\AB at authfortoc}%
+ \string\page{\thepage}}%
+ \closeout\tocfile
+ \egroup
+ \par}
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{4}
+\renewcommand\section{\@startsection {section}{1}{\z@}%
+ {-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {2.3ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ {\sffamily\Large\bfseries\raggedright}}
+\renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}%
+ {-3.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}%
+ {\sffamily\Large\bfseries\raggedright}}
+\renewcommand\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}%
+ {-3.25ex\@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}%
+ {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}%
+ {\sffamily\Large\bfseries\raggedright}}
+\renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}%
+ {-3.25ex \@plus-1ex \@minus-.2ex}%
+ {1.5ex \@plus .2ex}%
+ {\sffamily\large\bfseries\raggedright}}
+\renewcommand\subparagraph{\@startsection{subparagraph}{5}{\z@}%
+ {3.25ex \@plus1ex \@minus .2ex}%
+ {-1em}%
+ {\sffamily\normalsize\bfseries}}
+\setlength\leftmargini \parindent
+\setlength\leftmarginii {1.2em}
+\setlength\leftmarginiii{1.2em}
+\setlength\leftmarginiv {1.2em}
+\setlength\leftmarginv {1.2em}
+\setlength\leftmarginvi {1.2em}
+\renewcommand\labelenumi{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\sffamily\bfseries\mathversion{bold}\theenumi.}}
+\renewcommand\labelenumii{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\sffamily\bfseries\mathversion{bold}\theenumii.}}
+\renewcommand\labelenumiii{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\sffamily\bfseries\mathversion{bold}\theenumiii.}}
+\renewcommand\labelenumiv{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\sffamily\bfseries\mathversion{bold}\theenumiv.}}
+\renewcommand\labelitemi{%
+ \textcolor[rgb]{0.6,0.6,0.61}{\ifnum\@listdepth=\@ne
+ \rule{0.67em}{0.33em}%
+ \else
+ \rule{0.45em}{0.225em}%
+ \fi}}
+\renewcommand\labelitemii{%
+ \textcolor[rgb]{0.6,0.6,0.61}{\rule{0.45em}{0.225em}}}
+\renewcommand\labelitemiii{%
+ \textcolor[rgb]{0.6,0.6,0.61}{\sffamily\bfseries\textasteriskcentered}}
+\renewcommand\labelitemiv{%
+ \textcolor[rgb]{0.6,0.6,0.61}{\sffamily\bfseries\textperiodcentered}}
+\renewenvironment{description}
+ {\list{}{\advance\partopsep\topsep\topsep\z@\@plus\p@
+ \labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin
+ \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}}
+ {\ifnum\@listdepth=\@ne\global\@nobotseplisttrue\fi\endlist}
+\renewcommand*\descriptionlabel[1]{%
+ \hspace\labelsep\textcolor{darkgray}{\sffamily\bfseries\mathversion{bold}#1}}
+\renewenvironment{abstract}{%
+ \vskip\bigskipamount
+ \noindent
+ \rlap{\color[rgb]{0.51,0.50,0.52}\vrule\@width\textwidth\@height1\p@}%
+ \hspace*{7mm}\fboxsep1.5mm\colorbox[rgb]{1,1,1}{\raisebox{-0.4ex}{%
+ \large\selectfont\sffamily\bfseries\abstractname}}%
+ \vskip3\p@
+ \fontsize{9.5}{12.5}\selectfont
+ \noindent\ignorespaces}
+ {\ifx\@subjclass\@empty\else
+ \vskip\baselineskip\noindent
+ \subjclassHeading\@subjclass
+ \fi
+ \ifx\@keywords\@empty\else
+ \vskip\baselineskip\noindent
+ \keywordsHeading\@keywords
+ \fi
+ \ifx\@DOI\@empty\else
+ \vskip\baselineskip\noindent
+ \doiHeading\doi{\@DOI}%
+ \fi}
+\renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1]
+ {\if at noskipsec \leavevmode \fi
+ \par
+ \@tempskipa-3.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex\relax
+ \@afterindenttrue
+ \@tempskipa -\@tempskipa \@afterindentfalse
+ \if at nobreak
+ \everypar{}%
+ \else
+ \addpenalty\@secpenalty\addvspace\@tempskipa
+ \fi
+ \noindent
+ \rlap{\color[rgb]{0.51,0.50,0.52}\vrule\@width\textwidth\@height1\p@}%
+ \hspace*{7mm}\fboxsep1.5mm\colorbox[rgb]{1,1,1}{\raisebox{-0.4ex}{%
+ \normalsize\sffamily\bfseries\refname}}%
+ \@xsect{1ex \@plus.2ex}%
+ \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c at enumiv}}%
+ {\leftmargin8.5mm
+ \labelsep\leftmargin
+ \settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}%
+ \advance\labelsep-\labelwidth
+ \usecounter{enumiv}%
+ \let\p at enumiv\@empty
+ \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c at enumiv}}%
+ \fontsize{9.5}{12.5}\selectfont
+ \sloppy
+ \clubpenalty4000
+ \@clubpenalty \clubpenalty
+ \widowpenalty4000%
+ \sfcode`\.\@m}
+ {\def\@noitemerr
+ {\@latex at warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}}%
+ \endlist}
+\renewcommand\footnoterule{%
+ \kern-8\p@
+ {\color[rgb]{0.60,0.60,0.61}\hrule\@width40mm\@height1\p@}%
+ \kern6.6\p@}
+\renewcommand\@makefntext[1]{%
+ \parindent\z@\hangindent1em
+ \leavevmode
+ \hb at xt@1em{\@makefnmark\hss}#1}
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+\IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\RequirePackage{lmodern}}{}
+\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\RequirePackage{textcomp}
+\RequirePackage[mathscr]{eucal}
+\RequirePackage{amssymb}
+\RequirePackage{soul}
+\sodef\textsolittle{}{.12em}{.5em\@plus.08em\@minus.06em}%
+ {.4em\@plus.275em\@minus.183em}
+\RequirePackage{color}
+\definecolor{darkgray}{rgb}{0.31,0.31,0.33}
+\RequirePackage{babel}
+\RequirePackage[tbtags,fleqn]{amsmath}
+\RequirePackage{amsthm}
+\thm at headfont{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{$\blacktriangleright$}\nobreakspace\sffamily\bfseries}
+\def\th at remark{%
+ \thm at headfont{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{$\blacktriangleright$}\nobreakspace\sffamily}%
+ \normalfont % body font
+ \thm at preskip\topsep \divide\thm at preskip\tw@
+ \thm at postskip\thm at preskip
+}
+\def\@endtheorem{\endtrivlist}%\@endpefalse
+\renewcommand\qedsymbol{\textcolor{darkgray}{\ensuremath{\blacktriangleleft}}}
+\renewenvironment{proof}[1][\proofname]{\par
+ \pushQED{\qed}%
+ \normalfont \topsep6\p@\@plus6\p@\relax
+ \trivlist
+ \item[\hskip\labelsep
+ \color{darkgray}\sffamily\bfseries
+ #1\@addpunct{.}]\ignorespaces
+}{%
+ \popQED\endtrivlist%\@endpefalse
+}
+\theoremstyle{plain}
+\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}
+\newtheorem{lemma}[theorem]{Lemma}
+\newtheorem{corollary}[theorem]{Corollary}
+\theoremstyle{definition}
+\newtheorem{definition}[theorem]{Definition}
+\newtheorem{example}[theorem]{Example}
+\theoremstyle{remark}
+\newtheorem*{remark}{Remark}
+\ifx\numberwithinsect\relax
+ \@addtoreset{theorem}{section}
+ \edef\thetheorem{\expandafter\noexpand\thesection\@thmcountersep\@thmcounter{theorem}}
+\fi
+\RequirePackage{graphicx}
+\RequirePackage{array}
+\let\@classzold\@classz
+\def\@classz{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\d at llarbegin\begingroup
+ \toks \count@ =
+ \expandafter{\expandafter\small\the\toks\count@}%
+ \fi
+ \@classzold}
+\RequirePackage{multirow}
+\RequirePackage{tabularx}
+\RequirePackage[online]{threeparttable}
+\def\TPTtagStyle#1{#1)}
+\def\tablenotes{\small\TPT at defaults
+ \@ifnextchar[\TPT at setuptnotes\TPTdoTablenotes} % ]
+\RequirePackage{listings}
+\lstset{basicstyle=\small\ttfamily,%
+ backgroundcolor=\color[rgb]{0.85,0.85,0.86},%
+ frame=single,framerule=0pt,xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep}
+\RequirePackage{lastpage}
+\IfFileExists{doi.sty}
+ {\RequirePackage{doi}%
+ \renewcommand*{\doitext}{}}
+ {\RequirePackage{hyperref}%
+ \def\doi##1{##1}}
+\hypersetup{pdfborder={0 0 0}}
+\RequirePackage[labelsep=space,singlelinecheck=false,%
+ font={up,small},labelfont={sf,bf},%
+ listof=false]{caption}%"listof" instead of "list" for backward compatibility
+\@ifpackagelater{hyperref}{2009/12/09}
+ {\captionsetup{compatibility=false}}%cf. http://groups.google.de/group/comp.text.tex/browse_thread/thread/db9310eb540fbbd8/42e30f3b7b3aa17a?lnk=raot
+ {}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{boxed}{%
+ \kern0.05em{\color[rgb]{0.99,0.78,0.07}\rule{0.73em}{0.73em}}%
+ \hspace*{0.67em}\bothIfFirst{#1}{~}#2}
+\captionsetup{labelformat=boxed}
+\captionsetup[table]{position=top}
+\RequirePackage[figuresright]{rotating}
+\RequirePackage{subfig}
+\def\titlerunning#1{\gdef\@titlerunning{{\let\footnote\@gobble\markboth{#1}{#1}}}}
+\def\authorrunning#1{%
+ \gdef\@authorrunning{\expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{#1}%
+ \ifx\@tempa\@empty\else\markright{#1}\fi}}
+\titlerunning{\@title}
+\authorrunning{\AB at authrunning}
+\newcommand*\volumeinfo[6]{%
+ {\gdef\@Editors{#1}%
+ \gdef\@Eds{Editor}\ifnum #2>1 \gdef\@Eds{Editors}\fi
+ \gdef\@Event{#3}%
+ \setcounter{page}{#6}}}
+\volumeinfo{}{1}{}{}{}{1}
+\RequirePackage{authblk}
+\renewcommand*\Authand{{ and }}
+\renewcommand*\Authfont{\Large\bfseries\mathversion{bold}}
+\renewcommand*\AB at authnote[1]{\textsuperscript{#1}}
+\renewcommand*\AB at affilnote[1]{\protect\item[#1]}
+\renewcommand*\Affilfont{\fontsize{9.5}{12}\selectfont}
+\setlength\affilsep{\baselineskip}
+\newcommand\AB at authrunning{}
+\newcommand\AB at authfortoc{}
+\renewcommand\author[2][]%
+ {\ifnewaffil\addtocounter{affil}{1}%
+ \edef\AB at thenote{\arabic{affil}}\fi
+ \if\relax#1\relax\def\AB at note{\AB at thenote}\else\def\AB at note{#1}%
+ \setcounter{Maxaffil}{0}\fi
+ \ifnum\value{authors}>1\relax
+ \@namedef{@sep\number\c at authors}{\Authsep}\fi
+ \addtocounter{authors}{1}%
+ \begingroup
+ \let\protect\@unexpandable at protect \let\and\AB at pand
+ \def\thanks{\protect\thanks}\def\footnote{\protect\footnote}%
+ \@temptokena=\expandafter{\AB at authors}%
+ {\def\\{\protect\\[\@affilsep]\protect\Affilfont
+ \protect\AB at resetsep}%
+ \xdef\AB at author{\AB at blk@and#2}%
+ \ifnewaffil\gdef\AB at las{}\gdef\AB at lasx{\protect\Authand}\gdef\AB at as{}%
+ \xdef\AB at authors{\the\@temptokena\AB at blk@and}%
+ \else
+ \xdef\AB at authors{\the\@temptokena\AB at as\AB at au@str}%
+ \global\let\AB at las\AB at lasx\gdef\AB at lasx{\protect\Authands}%
+ \gdef\AB at as{\Authsep}%
+ \fi
+ \gdef\AB at au@str{#2}}%
+ \@temptokena=\expandafter{\AB at authlist}%
+ \let\\=\authorcr
+ \xdef\AB at authlist{\the\@temptokena
+ \protect\@nameuse{@sep\number\c at authors}%
+ \protect\Authfont#2\AB at authnote{\AB at note}}%
+ %new
+ \@temptokena=\expandafter{\AB at authrunning}%
+ \let\\=\authorcr
+ \xdef\AB at authrunning{\the\@temptokena
+ \protect\@nameuse{@sep\number\c at authors}#2}%
+ %
+ %new
+ \@temptokena=\expandafter{\AB at authfortoc}%
+ \let\\=\authorcr
+ \xdef\AB at authfortoc{\the\@temptokena
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname @sep\number\c at authors\endcsname#2}%
+ %
+ \endgroup
+ \ifnum\value{authors}>2\relax
+ \@namedef{@sep\number\c at authors}{\Authands}\fi
+ \newaffilfalse
+}
+\renewcommand\affil[2][]%
+ {\newaffiltrue\let\AB at blk@and\AB at pand
+ \if\relax#1\relax\def\AB at note{\AB at thenote}\else\def\AB at note{#1}%
+ \setcounter{Maxaffil}{0}\fi
+ \begingroup
+ \let\protect\@unexpandable at protect
+ \def\thanks{\protect\thanks}\def\footnote{\protect\footnote}%
+ \@temptokena=\expandafter{\AB at authors}%
+ {\def\\{\protect\\\protect\Affilfont}\xdef\AB at temp{#2}}%
+ \xdef\AB at authors{\the\@temptokena\AB at las\AB at au@str
+ \protect\\[\affilsep]\protect\Affilfont\AB at temp}%
+ \gdef\AB at las{}\gdef\AB at au@str{}%
+ {\xdef\AB at temp{#2}}%
+ \@temptokena=\expandafter{\AB at affillist}%
+ \xdef\AB at affillist{\the\@temptokena \AB at affilsep
+ \AB at affilnote{\AB at note}\protect\Affilfont\AB at temp}%
+ \endgroup
+ \let\AB at affilsep\AB at affilsepx}
+\renewcommand\@author{\ifx\AB at affillist\AB at empty\AB at authrunning\else
+ \ifnum\value{affil}>\value{Maxaffil}\def\rlap##1{##1}%
+ \AB at authlist\\[\affilsep]
+ \labelwidth1.5em\labelsep\z@\leftmargini\labelwidth
+ \edef\@enumctr{enumi}%
+ \list\theenumi{\usecounter\@enumctr\def\makelabel##1{\rlap{##1}\hss}}%
+ \AB at affillist
+ \endlist
+ \else \AB at authors\fi\fi}
+\newcommand*\Copyright[1]{%
+ \def\@Copyright{%
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\includegraphics[height=14\p@,clip]{cc-by}}%
+ \hspace*{\wd\@tempboxa}\enskip\ifx#1\@empty \else \textcopyright\ #1;\\\fi
+ \href{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/}%
+ {\smash{\unhbox\@tempboxa}}\enskip
+ licensed under Creative Commons License CC-BY\\
+ }}
+\Copyright{\@empty}
+\def\keywords#1{\def\@keywords{#1}}
+\let\@keywords\@empty
+\def\keywordsHeading{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\fontsize{9.5}{12.5}\sffamily\bfseries
+ Keywords and phrases\enskip}}
+\def\subjclass#1{\gdef\@subjclass{#1}}
+\let\@subjclass\@empty
+\def\subjclassHeading{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\fontsize{9.5}{12.5}\sffamily\bfseries
+ 1998 ACM Subject Classification\enskip}}
+\def\doiHeading{%
+ \textcolor{darkgray}{\fontsize{9.5}{12.5}\sffamily\bfseries
+ Digital Object Identifier\enskip}}
+\def\serieslogo#1{\gdef\@serieslogo{#1}}
+\serieslogo{}
+\def\EventShortName#1{\gdef\@EventShortName{#1}}
+\EventShortName{}
+\def\DOI#1{\gdef\@DOI{#1}}
+\DOI{}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `lipics.cls'.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/strip/lipics.cls
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/strip/test.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/strip/test.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/strip/test.tex 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+\documentclass[USenglish]{lipics}
+\usepackage[appendix=strip]{../../apxproof}
+\input{../common}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/apxproof/examples/strip/test.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/apxproof/apxproof.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/apxproof/apxproof.dtx (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/apxproof/apxproof.dtx 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -0,0 +1,1023 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+% Copyright (C) 2016 by Pierre Senellart
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+%
+% The Current Maintainer of this work is Pierre Senellart
+% <pierre at senellart.com> and a version control system for this work
+% is available at http://github.com/PierreSenellart/apxproof
+%
+% This work consists of the files apxproof.dtx and apxproof.ins
+% and the derived file apxproof.sty.
+%
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+%<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2005/12/01]
+%<package>\ProvidesPackage{apxproof}
+%<package> [2016/10/31 v1.0.0 Automatic proofs in appendix]
+%
+%<*driver>
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\usepackage{apxproof}
+\usepackage{hypdoc}
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+\usepackage[TS1,T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{microtype}
+\newtheorem{example}{Example}
+\newtheoremrep{foobar}{Foobar}
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\CodelineIndex
+\RecordChanges
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{apxproof.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \CheckSum{433}
+%
+% \CharacterTable
+% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%
+% \changes{v1.0.0}{2016/10/31}{Initial released version}
+%
+% \GetFileInfo{apxproof.sty}
+%
+% \makeatletter\c at IndexColumns=2\makeatother
+% \DoNotIndex{
+% \newcommand,\newenvironment,\end,\begin,\edef,\if,\else,\fi,\def,
+% \begingroup,\endgroup,\csname,\let,\noexpand,\protect,\expandafter,
+% \ifthenelse,\equal,\endcsname,\@empty,\@ifnotempty,\immediate,
+% \addtocounter,\newcounter,\newtoggle,\global,\ifdefined,\iftoggle,
+% \ifx,\jobname,\makeatletter,\makeatother,\newwrite,\NewEnviron,
+% \patchcmd,\relax,\renewcommand,\renewenvironment,\RequirePackage,
+% \roman,\space,\undefined
+% }
+%
+% \title{The \textsf{apxproof} package}
+%
+% \author{Pierre Senellart \\ \texttt{pierre at senellart.com} \\
+% \url{http://github.com/PierreSenellart/apxproof}}
+% \date{\filedate \quad \fileversion}
+%
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+% This package makes it easier to write articles where proofs and other material
+% are deferred to the appendix. The appendix material is written in the \LaTeX{}
+% code along with the main text which it naturally complements, and it is
+% automatically deferred. The package can automatically send proofs in the
+% appendix, can repeat in the appendix the theorem environments stated in the
+% main text, can section the appendix automatically based on the sectioning of
+% the main text, and supports a separate bibliography for the appendix material.
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \section{Usage}
+% The \textsf{apxproof} package is intended to simplify the writing of articles where some of
+% the content needs to be deferred to an appendix. This is in particular
+% useful for the submission of scientific articles to conferences or
+% journals that limit the number of pages in the main text but allow an
+% extra appendix, where proofs of theorems and other material can be added.
+%
+% \subsection{Basics}
+% To use \textsf{apxproof}, first load it in the header of your document:
+% \begin{quote}|\usepackage{apxproof}|\end{quote}
+% On its own, this does not do anything and should not change the
+% appearance of your document. To add an appendix with some material from
+% your document, use the |toappendix| environment:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\begin{toappendix}|\DescribeEnv{toappendix}\\
+% \hspace*{1em}\dots\\
+% |\end{toappendix}|
+% \end{quote}
+% The content will appear at the end of your document, in an
+% automatically generated section that refers to the current section in the main
+% text.
+% \begin{example}
+% Throughout this documentation, all examples produce content
+% deferred to the appendix, at the very end of this document.
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \begin{toappendix}
+% This content is in the appendix.
+% \end{toappendix}
+% \end{verbatim}
+% \begin{toappendix}
+%<*driver>
+This content is in the appendix.
+%</driver>
+% \end{toappendix}
+% \end{example}
+% \subsection{Repeated Theorems and Proofs}
+% In some scientific papers that include proofs, it is common to defer
+% proofs to the appendix. This can easily be achieved using the
+% |appendixproof| environment:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\begin{appendixproof}|\DescribeEnv{appendixproof}\\
+% \hspace*{1em}\dots\\
+% |\end{appendixproof}|
+% \end{quote}
+% This behaves like the |toappendix| environment, except that
+% a proof environment is generated.
+% \begin{example}We now send a proof to the appendix:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \begin{appendixproof}
+% This proof is in the appendix.
+% \end{appendixproof}
+% \end{verbatim}
+% \begin{appendixproof}
+%<*driver>
+This proof is in the appendix.
+%</driver>
+% \end{appendixproof}
+% \end{example}
+%
+% When deferring proofs to the appendix, an annoying problem is that the
+% statement of the theorem remains in the main text; it is hard to read a
+% proof that is far away from the statement it proves. \textsf{apxproof}
+% solves this issue by allowing statements of theorems to be \emph{repeated}:
+% once in the main text, and once in the appendix before the proof of
+% the statement. To use this feature, you can define a new
+% \emph{repeated theorem} environment using the |\newtheoremrep| command:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\newtheoremrep|\marg{name}\oarg{counter}\marg{title}\DescribeMacro{\newtheoremrep}
+% \end{quote}
+% Usage is exactly the same as that of AMS \LaTeX{}'s |\newtheorem|
+% macro: \meta{name} (e.g., |theorem|) is the name of an environment that is created for this kind of
+% theorem, \meta{counter} (e.g., |definition|) is an optional counter describing
+% from which kind of enviroment should the numbering of these environments be
+% inherited, and \meta{title}
+% (e.g., |Theorem| is
+% the title that will be used to display this theorem environment. What
+% differs from |\newtheorem| is that, when the following is written:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\newtheoremrep{foobar}{Foobar}|
+% \end{quote}
+% then \emph{two} environments are defined: the \verb|foobar|
+% environment, which behaves as if |\newtheorem| had been used, and the
+% |foobarrep| environment, which results in the statement of this
+% environment being repeated in the appendix.
+%
+% One interesting feature of \textsf{apxproof} is that in most
+% situations, there is no need to use the |appendixproof| environment.
+% Indeed, the |proof| \DescribeEnv{proof} environment is redefined by \textsf{apxproof} to
+% automatically put the proof either in the main text (if it follows a
+% regular theorem) or in the appendix (if it follows a repeated
+% theorem).
+% \begin{example}
+% Assume we have first defined a repeated theorem environment |foobar| as
+% above.
+% We can now use this theorem environment, first for a regular theorem in
+% the main text, then for a theorem repeated in the main text and in the
+% appendix:
+% \begin{quote}
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \begin{foobar}
+% This foobar is a regular one, in the main text.
+% \end{foobar}
+% \begin{proof}
+% This is the proof of the regular foobar.
+% \end{proof}
+% \end{verbatim}
+% \end{quote}
+% We obtain:
+% \begin{foobar}
+% This foobar is a regular one, in the main text.
+% \end{foobar}
+% \begin{proof}
+% This is the proof of the regular foobar.
+% \end{proof}
+% \begin{quote}
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \begin{foobarrep}
+% This foobar is repeated in the appendix.
+% \end{foobarrep}
+% \begin{proof}
+% This is the proof of the repeated foobar.
+% \end{proof}
+% \end{verbatim}
+% \end{quote}
+% We now obtain:
+% \begin{foobarrep}
+% This foobar is repeated in the appendix.
+% \end{foobarrep}
+% \begin{proof}
+%<*driver>
+This is the proof of the repeated foobar.
+%</driver>
+% \end{proof}
+% Note that, since |hyperref| is loaded, there is a hyperlink
+% created from the statement of the theorem in the appendix to that in
+% the main text.
+% \end{example}
+%
+% When the proof is deferred to the appendix, it is common practice to
+% add a proof sketch in the main text. \textsf{apxproof} defines a simple
+% |proofsketch| environment for this purpose:
+% \begin{quote}
+% |\begin{proofsketch}|\DescribeEnv{proofsketch}\\
+% \hspace*{1em}\dots\\
+% |\end{proofsketch}|
+% \end{quote}
+% The proof sketch is typeset similarly to a proof, but is always in the
+% main text. Similarly, an |inlineproof| \DescribeEnv{inlineproof}
+% environment is provided so as to
+% be able to have both a proof in the appendix (using the regualr |proof|
+% environment, or alternatively the |appendixproof| environment) and a
+% different proof in the main text (using the |inlineproof| environment).
+% \begin{example} Here are simple examples of proof sketches and inline
+% proofs:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \begin{proofsketch}
+% This is a proof sketch.
+% \end{proofsketch}
+% \end{verbatim}
+% \begin{proofsketch}
+% This is a proof sketch.
+% \end{proofsketch}
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \begin{inlineproof}
+% This is an inline proof.
+% \end{inlineproof}
+% \end{verbatim}
+% \begin{inlineproof}
+% This is an inline proof.
+% \end{inlineproof}
+% \end{example}
+%
+% \subsection{Bibliography}
+% \textsf{apxproof} automatically adds a bibliography in the appendix
+% with only the references cited in the appendix material. This allows for a
+% clean separation of references used solely in the main text, and those
+% used in the appendix.
+% \begin{example}
+% Assume we have citations both in the main text and in the appendix.
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% This is a citation in the main text~\cite{lamport86}.
+% \begin{toappendix}
+% This is a citation in the appendix~\cite{proofsAreHard}.
+% \end{toappendix}
+% \end{verbatim}
+% This is a citation in the main text~\cite{lamport86}.
+% \begin{toappendix}
+%<*driver>
+This is a citation in the appendix~\cite{proofsAreHard}.
+%</driver>
+% \end{toappendix}
+% \end{example}
+% The bibliography in the appendix can use
+% a different style and heading than the bibliography in the main text (and, by
+% default, it does). See
+% Section~\ref{sec:customization} for how to configure the appearance of
+% that bibliography.
+% \subsection{Mode}
+% An optional \meta{mode} can be specified when loading the package:
+% \begin{quote}|\usepackage[appendix=|\meta{mode}|]{apxproof}|\end{quote}
+% \meta{mode} can take one of the following three values:
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[|append|] This is the default.
+% Appendix material gathered by \textsf{apxproof} is appended to
+% the main text.
+% \item[|inline|] In this mode, \textsf{apxproof} simply inline the
+% content along with the main text.
+% \item[|strip|] This mode functions similarly to |append| except that
+% the appendix is not appended at the end of the document. All appendix
+% material is therefore removed.
+% \end{description}
+%
+% \subsection{Customization}
+% \label{sec:customization}
+% \textsf{apxproof} provides a few macros that can be redefined (using
+% |\renewcommand|) to customize the appearance of the appendix:
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\textbackslash|appendixsectionformat|\marg{number}\marg{title}]\DescribeMacro{\appendixsectionformat} is a macro
+% that indicates how to format the section titles in the Appendix, given
+% the number and title of the section in the main text. By
+% default, they appear as ``Proofs for Section~\meta{number}
+% (\meta{title})''.
+% \item[\textbackslash|appendixrefname|]\DescribeMacro{\appendixrefname} contains the heading that is displayed before
+% the bibliography. By default, this is ``References for the
+% Appendix''.
+% \item[\textbackslash|appendixbibliographystyle|]\DescribeMacro{\appendixbibliographystyle} contains the |.bst| bibliography
+% style that is used in the bibliography in appendix. By default, this is
+% |alpha|.
+% \item[\textbackslash|appendixbibliographyprelim|]\DescribeMacro{\appendixbibliographyprelim} contains arbitrary code that is executed
+% just before the production of the bibliography in appendix, which can
+% be used to configure the way it is displayed.
+% \end{description}
+%
+% \subsection{Advanced Commands}
+% We now describe a few advanced macros and environments, whose usage is limited to
+% special cases:
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[|nestedproof|]\DescribeEnv{nestedproof} is an environment that
+% can be used within a |proof| environment deferred in the appendix; this
+% is required because, for technical reasons, no |proof| environment can
+% be nested within a deferred |proof| environment.
+% \item[\textbackslash|noproofinappendix|]\DescribeMacro{\noproofinappendix}
+% can be used inside repeated theorems that are not followed by a
+% |proof| or |appendixproof| theorem; the point is to ensure that a further
+% |proof| environment cannot be mistakenly understood as a proof of the repeated
+% theorem. It should not be needed in most situations as
+% \textsf{apxproof} tries figuring out when a proof follows a repeated
+% theorem automatically, but may occasionally be needed in complex
+% scenarios.
+% \item[\textbackslash|nosectionappendix|]\DescribeMacro{\nosectionappendix}
+% is to be used inside a section that \emph{does} contain appendix material, but
+% for which a section in the appendix should not be created. This should
+% be rarely needed. When this command is present, appendix material is
+% appended to the end of the previously created section.
+% \end{description}
+% \section{Supported Document Classes}
+% Because \textsf{apxproof} modifies sectioning commands, bibliographies,
+% and proofs, it may not work straight away with arbitrary document classes.
+% It has currently been tested with and is supported for the following
+% document classes:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item \LaTeX{} standard document classes (e.g., |article.cls|)
+% \item \href{https://www.ctan.org/pkg/koma-script}{KOMA-Script}
+% (e.g., |scrartcl.cls|)
+% \item \href{https://www.acm.org/publications/proceedings-template}{ACM
+% SIG Proceedings} (e.g., |sig-alternate.cls|)
+% \item \href{https://www.springer.com/computer/lncs/lncs+authors}{
+% Springer's Lecture Notes in Computer Science} (e.g.,
+% |llncs.cls|)
+% \item
+% \href{https://www.dagstuhl.de/en/publications/lipics}{Schlo\ss{}
+% Dagstuhl's Leibniz International Proceedings in Informatics} (e.g.,
+% |lipics.cls|)
+% \end{itemize}
+% Other classes may work out of the box. Adding support for specific
+% classes is possible and can be requested from the
+% author of this package.
+% \section{Known Issues and Limitations}
+% We report here some issues we are currently aware of:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item When using \textsf{hyperref}, the appendix in the bibliography is
+% not hyperlinked. This is to avoid possible issues with multiply defined
+% bibliography entries.
+% \item |appendixproof|, |proof|, |toappendix| environments cannot be nested. This is a limitation of
+% the \textsf{fancyvrb} package that \textsf{apxproof} relies on. Note
+% the existence of the |nestedproof| environment for nested proofs.
+% \item \textsf{apxproof} is incompatible with a separate use of the
+% \textsf{fancyvrb} package. This is because \textsf{apxproof} redefines
+% some internal mechanisms of \textsf{fancyvrb}.
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+% Issues not listed here should be reported to the author.
+%
+% \section{License}
+% Copyright \textcopyright{} 2016 by Pierre Senellart.
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
+% \LaTeX{} Project Public License, either version 1.3 of this license or (at
+% your option) any later version. The latest version of this license is in
+% \url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt} and version 1.3 or later is part of
+% all distributions of \LaTeX{} version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% \section{Contact}
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item \url{https://github.com/PierreSenellart/apxproof}
+% \item
+% Pierre Senellart
+% \href{mailto:pierre at senellart.com}{<pierre at senellart.com>}
+% \end{itemize}
+% Bug reports and feature requests should
+% preferably be submitted through the \emph{Issues} feature of GitHub.
+%
+% \section{Acknowledgments}
+% Thanks to Antoine Amarilli for feedback and proofreading.
+%
+% \StopEventually{
+% \PrintChanges
+% \PrintIndex
+% }
+%
+% \section{Implementation}
+% We now describe the entire code of the package, in a literate programming
+% fashion. Throughout the package, we use the |axp@| prefix to identify
+% local macros and environment names, which are not meant to be used by the final
+% user.
+% \subsection{Dependencies}
+% We first load a few package dependencies:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item \textsf{bibunits} to add a second bibliography for the appendix
+% material.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{bibunits}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \item \textsf{environ} to easily define the repeated theorem
+% environments.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{environ}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \item \textsf{etoolbox} to define simple toggles.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \item \textsf{fancyvrb} for the bulk of the work of exporting appendix
+% material in an auxiliary file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{fancyvrb}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \item \textsf{ifthen} for easier comparison of character strings.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{ifthen}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \item \textsf{kvoptions} to manage options passed to the package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{kvoptions}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \item \textsf{amsthm} for its |\newteorem| macro.
+% Some document classes (e.g., \textsf{lipics})
+% preload \textsf{amsthm}: this is fine, |\RequirePackage{amsthm}|
+% will simply have no effect. On the other hand, some other document
+% classes (e.g., \textsf{llncs} or \textsf{sig-alternate}) define a
+% |proof| environment that conflicts with \textsf{amsthm}, so we have to
+% undefine this environment before loading \textsf{amsthm}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{amsthm}{
+ }{
+ \let\proof\undefined
+ \let\endproof\undefined
+ }
+\RequirePackage{amsthm}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{itemize}
+% \subsection{Option Processing}
+% Many names throughout the package use an arobase (|@|) to avoid name
+% conflict with user-defined names. To simplify the compilation of the
+% documentation, we simply make it a regular character in all the rest.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\axp at appendix}
+% We setup the processing of options using \textsf{keyval} facilities;
+% the only declared option is named |appendix|, with a default value of
+% |append|:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\SetupKeyvalOptions{
+ family=axp,
+ prefix=axp@
+}
+\DeclareStringOption[append]{appendix}
+\ProcessLocalKeyvalOptions*
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% We check that the value of the |appendix| option is valid, and add a
+% message to the compilation log.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\equal{\axp at appendix}{append}}{
+ \message{apxproof: Appendix material appended to the document}
+}{\ifthenelse{\equal{\axp at appendix}{strip}}{
+ \message{apxproof: Appendix material stripped}
+}{\ifthenelse{\equal{\axp at appendix}{inline}}{
+ \message{apxproof: Appendix material inlined within the document}
+}{
+ \errmessage{Error: unsupported option appendix=\axp at appendix for
+ package apxproof}
+}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \subsection{Macros Common to All Compilation Modes}
+% \begin{macro}{\newtheoremrep}
+% We define the high-level |\newtheoremrep| to have the same syntax as
+% \textsf{amsthm}'s |\newtheorem|. For this purpose, we need a little
+% trick to deal with the second optional argument, which is what
+% |\@oparg| is used for. |\axp at newtheoremrep| is defined differently
+% depending on the compilation mode
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\newtheoremrep[1]{%
+ \@oparg{\axp at newtheoremrep{#1}}[]%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{environment}{proofsketch}
+% Simple |proofsketch| environment.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{proofsketch}
+ {\vskip3pt\noindent\textit{Proof sketch.} \upshape}
+ {\hfill\qed\vskip3pt}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \begin{macro}{\thmhead}
+% We redefine AMS-\LaTeX{}'s |\thmhead| to use a format where the
+% repeated version of a theorem, using a theorem note, can look exactly
+% like the original version of the theorem and its theorem counter.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\thmhead#1#2#3{%
+ \thmname{#1}\thmnumber{\@ifnotempty{#1}{ }\@upn{#2}}%
+ \thmnote{ #3}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\appendixrefname}
+% \begin{macro}{\appendixbibliographystyle}
+% \begin{macro}{\appendixbibliographyprelim}
+% \begin{macro}{\appendixsectionformat}
+% We provide sensible defaults for these three user-customizable macros.
+% Even though they are only useful in append mode, we define them for
+% all modes so that a |\renewcommand| works in all cases.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\appendixrefname}{References for the Appendix}
+\newcommand{\appendixbibliographystyle}{alpha}
+\newcommand{\appendixbibliographyprelim}{}
+\newcommand{\appendixsectionformat}[2]{Proofs for Section~#1 (#2)}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% Finally, some class-specific behavior ensures that the theorems created by
+% |\newtheoremrep| appear with the correct style.
+% For now, only the styling for ACM document classes (e.g.,
+% \textsf{sig-alternate}) needs to be adapted.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifdefined\@acmtitlebox
+ \newtheoremstyle{mystyle}
+ {3pt}
+ {3pt}
+ {\itshape}
+ {}
+ {\scshape}
+ {.}
+ {.5em}
+ {}
+ \theoremstyle{mystyle}
+\fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \subsection{Inline Compilation Mode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ifthenelse{\equal{\axp at appendix}{inline}}{
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\axp at newtheoremrep}
+% In inline mode, |\axp at newtheoremrep| undefines the existing
+% theorem environment if it has already been defined (e.g., by the
+% document class), invokes |\newtheorem| and creates a repeated theorem
+% environment that behaves exactly as the regular theorem environment.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\axp at newtheoremrep#1[#2]#3{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname\undefined
+ \expandafter\let\csname c@#1\endcsname\undefined
+ \newtheorem{#1}[#2]{#3}%
+ \NewEnviron{#1rep}[1][]{%
+ \begin{#1}[##1]\BODY\end{#1}%
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{environment}{inlineproof}
+% \begin{environment}{nestedproof}
+% \begin{environment}{appendixproof}
+% In inline mode, these environments behave like the regular |proof|
+% environment.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\inlineproof\proof
+ \let\endinlineproof\endproof
+ \let\nestedproof\proof
+ \let\endnestedproof\endproof
+ \let\appendixproof\proof
+ \let\endappendixproof\endproof
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \begin{environment}{toappendix}
+% \begin{macro}{\noproofinappendix}
+% \begin{macro}{\nosectionappendix}
+% In inline mode, this environment and these macros are no-ops.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newenvironment{toappendix}{}{}
+ \let\noproofinappendix\relax
+ \let\nosectionappendix\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{environment}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \subsection{Append or Strip Compilation Modes}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+{
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We now deal with the case where \textsf{apxproof} really does something
+% useful: either append the appendix material to the document, or strip
+% it entirely.
+% \bigskip
+% \subsubsection{Auxiliary File for the Appendix}
+% \begin{macro}{\axp at proofsfile}
+% We open a new auxiliary file, with extension |.axp|, where the appendix
+% material will be dumped.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newwrite\axp at proofsfile
+ \immediate\openout\axp at proofsfile=\jobname.axp
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{environment}{proof}
+% \begin{macro}{\section}
+% At the beginning of this file, we make |@| a regular character (since
+% it will be used in several places for internal names) and reestablish the original definition of
+% the |proof| environment and the |\section| macro.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \immediate\write\axp at proofsfile{%
+ \noexpand\makeatletter
+ \noexpand\let\noexpand\proof\noexpand\axp at oldproof
+ \noexpand\let\noexpand\endproof\noexpand\endaxp at oldproof
+ \noexpand\let\noexpand\section\noexpand\axp at oldsection
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{environment}
+% \begin{macro}{\FVB at VerbatimOut}
+% \begin{macro}{\FVE at VerbatimOut}
+% We modify the internal behavior of the \textsf{fancyvrb} package to
+% write to the |\axp at proofsfile|, without closing it and re-opening it
+% on every write.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\FVB at VerbatimOut{%
+ \@bsphack
+ \begingroup
+ \FV at UseKeyValues
+ \FV at DefineWhiteSpace
+ \def\FV at Space{\space}%
+ \FV at DefineTabOut
+ \def\FV at ProcessLine{\immediate\write\axp at proofsfile}%
+ \let\FV at FontScanPrep\relax
+ \let\@noligs\relax
+ \FV at Scan}
+ \def\FVE at VerbatimOut{\endgroup\@esphack}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{environment}{toappendix}
+% The entire content of this environment is put in appendix,
+% starting a new appendix section beforehand if needed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newenvironment{toappendix}
+ {\axp at writesection\VerbatimOut}
+ {\endVerbatimOut}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \subsubsection{Definition of New Theorems}
+% \begin{macro}{axp at seenreptheorem}
+% Used to indicate whether a repeated theorem was just typeset, without
+% its proof.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newtoggle{axp at seenreptheorem}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{axp at rpcounter}
+% Sequentially incremented for every repeated theorem, used to create labels.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcounter{axp at rpcounter}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{axp at newtheoremrep}
+% When called with first argument |foobar|, we first undefine the existing
+% |foobar| environment (and its counter) if it has already been defined (e.g., by the
+% document class), then invoke |\newtheorem| for the regular version
+% of the theorem |foobar| (patching the |\begin{foobar}| so as not to
+% expect a proof in the appendix) and |\newtheorem*| for an internal version |axp at foobarrp| that
+% will be used in the appendix to restate the existing theorem.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\axp at newtheoremrep#1[#2]#3{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname\undefined
+ \expandafter\let\csname c@#1\endcsname\undefined
+ \newtheorem{#1}[#2]{#3}%
+ \expandafter\pretocmd\csname #1\endcsname{\noproofinappendix}{}{}%
+ \newtheorem*{axp@#1rp}{#3}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We then define a |foobarrep| environment that increments the
+% |axp at rpcounter| and typeset the regular |foobar| theorem with a label
+% derived from the counter.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \NewEnviron{#1rep}[1][]{%
+ \addtocounter{axp at rpcounter}{1}%
+ \begin{#1}[##1]\label{axp at r\roman{axp at rpcounter}}\BODY\end{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% We set the |axp at seenreptheorem| toggle to indicate that we are looking
+% for the proof of the theorem, then store in a macro the content of the
+% theorem's body.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\toggletrue{axp at seenreptheorem}%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname rplet\roman{axp at rpcounter}%
+ \endcsname
+ \BODY
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Possibly after starting a new appendix section if needed, we typeset a
+% repeated version of the theorem using the |axp at foobarrp| environment
+% and a reference to the previously defined label.
+% We ignore any use of |\label| in this environment to avoid multiply
+% defined labels.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \axp at writesection%
+ \immediate\write\axp at proofsfile{%
+ \noexpand\begin{axp@#1rp}
+ [\noexpand\ref{axp at r\roman{axp at rpcounter}}%
+ \@ifnotempty{##1}{\noexpand##1}]%
+ \noexpand\let\noexpand\label\noexpand\@gobble%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname rplet\roman{axp at rpcounter}%
+ \endcsname
+ \noexpand\end{axp@#1rp}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \subsubsection{Proof Environments}
+% \begin{environment}{axp at oldproof}
+% We save the definition of the existing |proof| environment.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\axp at oldproof\proof
+ \let\endaxp at oldproof\endproof
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \begin{macro}{\noproofinappendix}
+% Utility macro that toggles |axp at seenreptheorem| to false.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand\noproofinappendix{%
+ \global\togglefalse{axp at seenreptheorem}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{environment}{appendixproof}
+% We dump the content of this in appendix, within an original |proof|
+% environment, possibly after creating a new appendix section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newenvironment{appendixproof}
+ {%
+ \axp at writesection
+ \immediate\write\axp at proofsfile{%
+ \noexpand\begin{axp at oldproof}%
+ }%
+ \VerbatimOut
+ }
+ {%
+ \endVerbatimOut
+ \immediate\write\axp at proofsfile{%
+ \noexpand\end{axp at oldproof}%
+ }%
+ \noproofinappendix
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \begin{environment}{proof}
+% This environment either puts the proof in appendix, if we are after a repeated
+% theorem without its proof, or inlines it otherwise.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewenvironment{proof}
+ {%
+ \iftoggle{axp at seenreptheorem}{%
+ \appendixproof
+ }{%
+ \axp at oldproof
+ }%
+ }
+ {%
+ \iftoggle{axp at seenreptheorem}{%
+ \endappendixproof
+ }{%
+ \endaxp at oldproof
+ }%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \begin{environment}{inlineproof}
+% \begin{environment}{nestedproof}
+% These two environments are synonyms for the original |proof|
+% environment.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\inlineproof\axp at oldproof
+ \let\endinlineproof\endaxp at oldproof
+ \let\nestedproof\axp at oldproof
+ \let\endnestedproof\endaxp at oldproof
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \subsubsection{Section Management}
+% \begin{macro}{axp at seccounter}
+% Sequentially incremented for every section, used to create labels.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcounter{axp at seccounter}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\axp at sectitle}
+% Saves the title of the last encountered section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\axp at sectitle{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\axp at section}
+% \begin{macro}{\axp@@ssection}
+% \begin{macro}{\axp@@section}
+% This command behaves similarly to |\axp at oldsection|, except that it first
+% tests whether a |\section| follows, and if so, does not produce
+% anything. This is useful to avoid producing empty sections in the
+% appendix. As usual, we have to process starred and unstarred version
+% separately.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\axp at section{\@ifstar\axp@@ssection\axp@@section}
+ \def\axp@@ssection#1{%
+ \@ifnextchar\section{}{\axp at oldsection*{#1}}%
+ }
+ \def\axp@@section#1{%
+ \@ifnextchar\section{}{\axp at oldsection{#1}}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\axp at oldsection}
+% \begin{macro}{\section}
+% \begin{macro}{\@section}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@section}
+% We redefine the |\section| command to create a label based on
+% |axp at seccounter| and to store its title in |\axp at sectitle|. Two definitions are necessary to cover the
+% starred and unstarred use of |\section|, though most likely the former
+% is not going to be used (since no section number will appear to refer
+% to that section in the appendix).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\axp at oldsection\section
+ \def\section{\@ifstar\@section\@@section}
+ \def\@section#1{%
+ \global\edef\axp at sectitle{#1}%
+ \axp at oldsection*{#1}%
+ \addtocounter{axp at seccounter}{1}%
+ \label{axp at s\roman{axp at seccounter}}%
+ }
+ \def\@@section#1{%
+ \global\edef\axp at sectitle{#1}%
+ \axp at oldsection{#1}%
+ \addtocounter{axp at seccounter}{1}%
+ \label{axp at s\roman{axp at seccounter}}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\nosectionappendix}
+% We remove the current section title, to indicate no section should be
+% created in the appendix.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand{\nosectionappendix}{
+ \global\def\axp at sectitle{}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\axp at writesection}
+% If |\axp at sectitle| is not empty, we create
+% a new section in the appendix, referring to the main text section.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand\axp at writesection{%
+ \ifx\axp at sectitle\@empty
+ \else
+ \immediate\write\axp at proofsfile{%
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\axp at tmp{%
+ \noexpand\ref{axp at s\roman{axp at seccounter}}
+ }
+ \noexpand\axp at section{%
+ \noexpand\appendixsectionformat{\protect\noexpand\axp at tmp}%
+ {\axp at sectitle}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \nosectionappendix
+ \fi
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \subsubsection{Append Compilation Mode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\axp at appendix}{append}}{
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\axp at oldbibliography}
+% \begin{macro}{\bibliography}
+% Thanks to \textsf{bibunits}'s |\defaultbibliography| macro, we set the appendix
+% bibliography source to be the same as that of the main text.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\axp at oldbibliography\bibliography
+ \renewcommand\bibliography[1]{%
+ \defaultbibliography{#1}%
+ \axp at oldbibliography{#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% After the end of the main text, we add the appendix (on a new page, set
+% in single-column mode) within a |bibunit| environment so as to typeset
+% a separate bibliography for the appendix.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \AtEndDocument{
+ \clearpage\onecolumn\appendix
+ \begin{bibunit}[\appendixbibliographystyle]
+ \immediate\closeout\axp at proofsfile
+ \input{\jobname.axp}
+ \renewcommand{\refname}{\appendixrefname}
+ \appendixbibliographyprelim
+ \putbib
+ \end{bibunit}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \subsubsection{Class-Specific Behavior}
+% We conclude with some class-specific behavior.
+% \begin{macro}{\@getcl at ss}
+% \begin{macro}{\@getclass}
+% \begin{macro}{\@currentclass}
+% We first use a little trick to store the document class in
+% macro |\@currentclass|, from
+% \url{http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/43541}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\@getcl at ss#1.cls#2\relax{\def\@currentclass{#1}}
+ \def\@getclass{\expandafter\@getcl at ss\@filelist\relax}
+ \@getclass
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \paragraph{ACM Document Classes}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifdefined\@acmtitlebox
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\thebibliography}
+% \begin{macro}{\refname}
+% \begin{macro}{\appendixrefname}
+% The section title of the bibliography is in uppercase in these document
+% classes. In addition, the |\thebibliography| macro hard-codes twice
+% the section title, so we un-hardcode it so that it can be modified
+% in the appendix.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \patchcmd{\thebibliography}{References}{\protect\refname}{}{}
+ \patchcmd{\thebibliography}{References}{\protect\refname}{}{}
+ \newcommand{\refname}{REFERENCES}
+ \renewcommand{\appendixrefname}{REFERENCES FOR THE APPENDIX}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\section}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@section}
+% These document classes redefine |\section| in a weird way, adding
+% the possibility of an optional argument. We redefine them in a sane
+% way.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\section{\@ifstar\@section{\@dblarg{\@@section}}}
+ \def\@@section[#1]#2{%
+ \global\edef\axp at sectitle{#2}%
+ \axp at oldsection{#2}%
+ \addtocounter{axp at seccounter}{1}%
+ \label{axp at s\roman{axp at seccounter}}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \fi
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \paragraph{\textsf{lipcs}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\@currentclass}{lipics}}{
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\appendixbibliographyprelim}
+% The default bibliography in the \textsf{lipics} document class
+% formatting is not compatible with the
+% \textsf{alpha} bibliography style. We fix this here.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \renewcommand{\appendixbibliographyprelim}{%
+ \global\let\@oldbiblabel\@biblabel
+ \def\@biblabel{\hspace*{-2em}\small\@oldbiblabel}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \Finale
+% \bibliographystyle{plain}
+% \bibliography{apxproof}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/apxproof/apxproof.dtx
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/apxproof/apxproof.ins
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/apxproof/apxproof.ins (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/apxproof/apxproof.ins 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2016 by Pierre Senellart
+%%
+%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+%%
+%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Pierre Senellart
+%% <pierre at senellart.com> and a version control system for this work
+%% is available at http://github.com/PierreSenellart/apxproof
+%%
+%% This work consists of the files apxproof.dtx and apxproof.ins
+%% and the derived file apxproof.sty.
+%%
+
+\input docstrip.tex
+\keepsilent
+
+\usedir{tex/latex/apxproof}
+
+\preamble
+
+Copyright (C) 2016 by Pierre Senellart
+
+This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+The latest version of this license is in
+ http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+version 2005/12/01 or later.
+
+This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+
+The Current Maintainer of this work is Pierre Senellart
+<pierre at senellart.com> and a version control system for this work
+is available at http://github.com/PierreSenellart/apxproof
+
+This work consists of the files apxproof.dtx and apxproof.ins
+and the derived file apxproof.sty.
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\generate{\file{apxproof.sty}{\from{apxproof.dtx}{package}}}
+
+\obeyspaces
+\Msg{*************************************************************}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following *}
+\Msg{* file into a directory searched by TeX: *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* apxproof.sty *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file apxproof.dtx *}
+\Msg{* through LaTeX. *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* Happy TeXing! *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{*************************************************************}
+
+\endbatchfile
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/apxproof/apxproof.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/apxproof/apxproof.sty (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/apxproof/apxproof.sty 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `apxproof.sty',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% apxproof.dtx (with options: `package')
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2016 by Pierre Senellart
+%%
+%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+%% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%%
+%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+%%
+%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Pierre Senellart
+%% <pierre at senellart.com> and a version control system for this work
+%% is available at http://github.com/PierreSenellart/apxproof
+%%
+%% This work consists of the files apxproof.dtx and apxproof.ins
+%% and the derived file apxproof.sty.
+%%
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[2005/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{apxproof}
+ [2016/10/31 v1.0.0 Automatic proofs in appendix]
+\RequirePackage{bibunits}
+\RequirePackage{environ}
+\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
+\RequirePackage{fancyvrb}
+\RequirePackage{ifthen}
+\RequirePackage{kvoptions}
+\@ifpackageloaded{amsthm}{
+ }{
+ \let\proof\undefined
+ \let\endproof\undefined
+ }
+\RequirePackage{amsthm}
+\makeatletter
+\SetupKeyvalOptions{
+ family=axp,
+ prefix=axp@
+}
+\DeclareStringOption[append]{appendix}
+\ProcessLocalKeyvalOptions*
+\ifthenelse{\equal{\axp at appendix}{append}}{
+ \message{apxproof: Appendix material appended to the document}
+}{\ifthenelse{\equal{\axp at appendix}{strip}}{
+ \message{apxproof: Appendix material stripped}
+}{\ifthenelse{\equal{\axp at appendix}{inline}}{
+ \message{apxproof: Appendix material inlined within the document}
+}{
+ \errmessage{Error: unsupported option appendix=\axp at appendix for
+ package apxproof}
+}}}
+\newcommand\newtheoremrep[1]{%
+ \@oparg{\axp at newtheoremrep{#1}}[]%
+}
+\newenvironment{proofsketch}
+ {\vskip3pt\noindent\textit{Proof sketch.} \upshape}
+ {\hfill\qed\vskip3pt}
+\def\thmhead#1#2#3{%
+ \thmname{#1}\thmnumber{\@ifnotempty{#1}{ }\@upn{#2}}%
+ \thmnote{ #3}}
+\newcommand{\appendixrefname}{References for the Appendix}
+\newcommand{\appendixbibliographystyle}{alpha}
+\newcommand{\appendixbibliographyprelim}{}
+\newcommand{\appendixsectionformat}[2]{Proofs for Section~#1 (#2)}
+\ifdefined\@acmtitlebox
+ \newtheoremstyle{mystyle}
+ {3pt}
+ {3pt}
+ {\itshape}
+ {}
+ {\scshape}
+ {.}
+ {.5em}
+ {}
+ \theoremstyle{mystyle}
+\fi
+\ifthenelse{\equal{\axp at appendix}{inline}}{
+ \def\axp at newtheoremrep#1[#2]#3{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname\undefined
+ \expandafter\let\csname c@#1\endcsname\undefined
+ \newtheorem{#1}[#2]{#3}%
+ \NewEnviron{#1rep}[1][]{%
+ \begin{#1}[##1]\BODY\end{#1}%
+ }
+ }
+ \let\inlineproof\proof
+ \let\endinlineproof\endproof
+ \let\nestedproof\proof
+ \let\endnestedproof\endproof
+ \let\appendixproof\proof
+ \let\endappendixproof\endproof
+ \newenvironment{toappendix}{}{}
+ \let\noproofinappendix\relax
+ \let\nosectionappendix\relax
+}
+{
+ \newwrite\axp at proofsfile
+ \immediate\openout\axp at proofsfile=\jobname.axp
+ \immediate\write\axp at proofsfile{%
+ \noexpand\makeatletter
+ \noexpand\let\noexpand\proof\noexpand\axp at oldproof
+ \noexpand\let\noexpand\endproof\noexpand\endaxp at oldproof
+ \noexpand\let\noexpand\section\noexpand\axp at oldsection
+ }
+ \def\FVB at VerbatimOut{%
+ \@bsphack
+ \begingroup
+ \FV at UseKeyValues
+ \FV at DefineWhiteSpace
+ \def\FV at Space{\space}%
+ \FV at DefineTabOut
+ \def\FV at ProcessLine{\immediate\write\axp at proofsfile}%
+ \let\FV at FontScanPrep\relax
+ \let\@noligs\relax
+ \FV at Scan}
+ \def\FVE at VerbatimOut{\endgroup\@esphack}
+ \newenvironment{toappendix}
+ {\axp at writesection\VerbatimOut}
+ {\endVerbatimOut}
+ \newtoggle{axp at seenreptheorem}
+ \newcounter{axp at rpcounter}
+ \def\axp at newtheoremrep#1[#2]#3{%
+ \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname\undefined
+ \expandafter\let\csname c@#1\endcsname\undefined
+ \newtheorem{#1}[#2]{#3}%
+ \expandafter\pretocmd\csname #1\endcsname{\noproofinappendix}{}{}%
+ \newtheorem*{axp@#1rp}{#3}%
+ \NewEnviron{#1rep}[1][]{%
+ \addtocounter{axp at rpcounter}{1}%
+ \begin{#1}[##1]\label{axp at r\roman{axp at rpcounter}}\BODY\end{#1}%
+ \global\toggletrue{axp at seenreptheorem}%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname rplet\roman{axp at rpcounter}%
+ \endcsname
+ \BODY
+ \axp at writesection%
+ \immediate\write\axp at proofsfile{%
+ \noexpand\begin{axp@#1rp}
+ [\noexpand\ref{axp at r\roman{axp at rpcounter}}%
+ \@ifnotempty{##1}{\noexpand##1}]%
+ \noexpand\let\noexpand\label\noexpand\@gobble%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname rplet\roman{axp at rpcounter}%
+ \endcsname
+ \noexpand\end{axp@#1rp}
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ \let\axp at oldproof\proof
+ \let\endaxp at oldproof\endproof
+ \newcommand\noproofinappendix{%
+ \global\togglefalse{axp at seenreptheorem}%
+ }
+ \newenvironment{appendixproof}
+ {%
+ \axp at writesection
+ \immediate\write\axp at proofsfile{%
+ \noexpand\begin{axp at oldproof}%
+ }%
+ \VerbatimOut
+ }
+ {%
+ \endVerbatimOut
+ \immediate\write\axp at proofsfile{%
+ \noexpand\end{axp at oldproof}%
+ }%
+ \noproofinappendix
+ }
+ \renewenvironment{proof}
+ {%
+ \iftoggle{axp at seenreptheorem}{%
+ \appendixproof
+ }{%
+ \axp at oldproof
+ }%
+ }
+ {%
+ \iftoggle{axp at seenreptheorem}{%
+ \endappendixproof
+ }{%
+ \endaxp at oldproof
+ }%
+ }
+ \let\inlineproof\axp at oldproof
+ \let\endinlineproof\endaxp at oldproof
+ \let\nestedproof\axp at oldproof
+ \let\endnestedproof\endaxp at oldproof
+ \newcounter{axp at seccounter}
+ \def\axp at sectitle{}
+ \def\axp at section{\@ifstar\axp@@ssection\axp@@section}
+ \def\axp@@ssection#1{%
+ \@ifnextchar\section{}{\axp at oldsection*{#1}}%
+ }
+ \def\axp@@section#1{%
+ \@ifnextchar\section{}{\axp at oldsection{#1}}%
+ }
+ \let\axp at oldsection\section
+ \def\section{\@ifstar\@section\@@section}
+ \def\@section#1{%
+ \global\edef\axp at sectitle{#1}%
+ \axp at oldsection*{#1}%
+ \addtocounter{axp at seccounter}{1}%
+ \label{axp at s\roman{axp at seccounter}}%
+ }
+ \def\@@section#1{%
+ \global\edef\axp at sectitle{#1}%
+ \axp at oldsection{#1}%
+ \addtocounter{axp at seccounter}{1}%
+ \label{axp at s\roman{axp at seccounter}}%
+ }
+ \newcommand{\nosectionappendix}{
+ \global\def\axp at sectitle{}%
+ }
+ \newcommand\axp at writesection{%
+ \ifx\axp at sectitle\@empty
+ \else
+ \immediate\write\axp at proofsfile{%
+ \noexpand\def\noexpand\axp at tmp{%
+ \noexpand\ref{axp at s\roman{axp at seccounter}}
+ }
+ \noexpand\axp at section{%
+ \noexpand\appendixsectionformat{\protect\noexpand\axp at tmp}%
+ {\axp at sectitle}%
+ }%
+ }%
+ \nosectionappendix
+ \fi
+ }
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\axp at appendix}{append}}{
+ \let\axp at oldbibliography\bibliography
+ \renewcommand\bibliography[1]{%
+ \defaultbibliography{#1}%
+ \axp at oldbibliography{#1}%
+ }
+ \AtEndDocument{
+ \clearpage\onecolumn\appendix
+ \begin{bibunit}[\appendixbibliographystyle]
+ \immediate\closeout\axp at proofsfile
+ \input{\jobname.axp}
+ \renewcommand{\refname}{\appendixrefname}
+ \appendixbibliographyprelim
+ \putbib
+ \end{bibunit}
+ }
+ }{}
+ \def\@getcl at ss#1.cls#2\relax{\def\@currentclass{#1}}
+ \def\@getclass{\expandafter\@getcl at ss\@filelist\relax}
+ \@getclass
+ \ifdefined\@acmtitlebox
+ \patchcmd{\thebibliography}{References}{\protect\refname}{}{}
+ \patchcmd{\thebibliography}{References}{\protect\refname}{}{}
+ \newcommand{\refname}{REFERENCES}
+ \renewcommand{\appendixrefname}{REFERENCES FOR THE APPENDIX}
+ \def\section{\@ifstar\@section{\@dblarg{\@@section}}}
+ \def\@@section[#1]#2{%
+ \global\edef\axp at sectitle{#2}%
+ \axp at oldsection{#2}%
+ \addtocounter{axp at seccounter}{1}%
+ \label{axp at s\roman{axp at seccounter}}%
+ }
+ \fi
+ \ifthenelse{\equal{\@currentclass}{lipics}}{
+ \renewcommand{\appendixbibliographyprelim}{%
+ \global\let\@oldbiblabel\@biblabel
+ \def\@biblabel{\hspace*{-2em}\small\@oldbiblabel}%
+ }
+ }
+}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `apxproof.sty'.
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/apxproof/apxproof.sty
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check 2016-11-01 20:13:19 UTC (rev 42415)
+++ trunk/Master/tlpkg/bin/tlpkg-ctan-check 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
animate anonchap anonymouspro answers antiqua antomega antt anufinalexam
anyfontsize anysize
aobs-tikz aomart apa apa6 apa6e apacite apalike2 apalike-german apnum
- appendix appendixnumberbeamer apprends-latex apptools
+ appendix appendixnumberbeamer apprends-latex apptools apxproof
arabi arabi-add arabluatex arabtex arabxetex
aramaic-serto arara archaeologie archaic arcs arev armtex
around-the-bend arphic arrayjobx arraysort arsclassica
Added: trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/apxproof.tlpsrc
===================================================================
Modified: trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-mathscience.tlpsrc
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-mathscience.tlpsrc 2016-11-01 20:13:19 UTC (rev 42415)
+++ trunk/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-mathscience.tlpsrc 2016-11-01 20:14:25 UTC (rev 42416)
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@
depend algorithmicx
depend algorithms
depend amstex
+depend apxproof
depend autobreak
depend backnaur
depend begriff
More information about the tex-live-commits
mailing list